EC Urvan 2016

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 905

ENGINE

EC
A

EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C

E
CONTENTS
VQ40DE EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid F
Valve ........................................................................30
PRECAUTION .............................................. 14 EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ..........................30
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ..................30 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................14 Fuel Injector .............................................................30
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Fuel Level Sensor ....................................................30
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fuel Pump ...............................................................31
SIONER" ................................................................. 14 H
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................31
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 14 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................31
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ............................32
and A/T .................................................................... 14 Ignition Coil ..............................................................32 I
General Precautions ............................................... 15 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................32
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........33
PREPARATION ........................................... 18 Knock Sensor ..........................................................33 J
PREPARATION ..................................................18 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .....................................33
Special Service Tool ............................................... 18 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..............................................33
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 19 Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................33
K
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................34
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 20 Throttle Control Motor ..............................................34
Throttle Control Motor Relay ...................................34
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................20 Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................34 L
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve ...................................34
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 20
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 35 M
Location ................................................................... 20 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................35
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De- On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........36
scription ................................................................... 25
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 26 SYSTEM ............................................................ 37 N
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ........................................... 26
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................37
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ............................... 27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram....37
ASCD Brake Switch ................................................ 27 O
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
ASCD Indicator ....................................................... 27
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 27 tion ...........................................................................38
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 27 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................38 P
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 28 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 28 System Diagram .....................................................38
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 28 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
ECM ........................................................................ 29 tem Description ........................................................39
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 29
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 29 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................41

Revision: August 2015 EC-1 2016 NV NAM


ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 58
System Diagram .................................................... 41 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 62
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
scription .................................................................. 41 Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 63
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diag-
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 42 nostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) .................. 64
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
Diagram .................................................................. 42 tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 65
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 65
Description .............................................................. 42 CONSULT Function ................................................ 68
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 43
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 78
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Diagram ............................................ 43 ECM ................................................................... 78
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Reference Value ..................................................... 78
CD) : System Description ....................................... 43 Fail safe .................................................................. 92
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 93
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 44
DTC Index .............................................................. 94
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 45
Test Value and Test Limit ....................................... 99
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 45
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ....... 45 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 108
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 45
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 108
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 46 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 108
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Diagram .................................................................. 46 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 129
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 129
Description .............................................................. 46 Work Flow ............................................................. 129
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 47 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 132
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di-
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
agram ..................................................................... 48
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
ECM .................................................................. 134
Description ............................................................ 134
scription .................................................................. 48
Work Procedure .................................................... 134
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM .................... 48
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 136
Description .............................................................. 48 Description ............................................................ 136
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : Vacuum Work Procedure .................................................... 136
Hose Drawing ......................................................... 51 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM ................. 51 TION LEARNING .............................................. 137
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System Description ............................................................ 137
Description .............................................................. 52 Work Procedure .................................................... 137

OPERATION ...................................................... 54 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION


LEARNING ....................................................... 138
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 54 Description ............................................................ 138
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Work Procedure .................................................... 138
CD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 54
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................... 139
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 56 Description ............................................................ 139
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 56 Work Procedure .................................................... 139
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 56
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 57 CLEAR .............................................................. 141
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 57 Description ............................................................ 141
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Work Procedure .................................................... 141
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....................... 57 BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 142
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Work Procedure .................................................... 142
Frame Data ............................................................. 57

Revision: August 2015 EC-2 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 146 Component Inspection ........................................... 188
Work Procedure .................................................... 146 A
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 192
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 148 DTC Logic .............................................................. 192
Description ............................................................ 148 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192
Component Inspection ........................................... 194 EC
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 149
Work Procedure .................................................... 151
P0111 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 197
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC .............. 154 DTC Logic .............................................................. 197 C
Description ............................................................ 154 Component Function Check .................................. 198
Work Procedure (Group A) ................................... 155 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Work Procedure (Group B) ................................... 157 Component Inspection ........................................... 198
D
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 160 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 199
DTC Logic .............................................................. 199
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199 E
VALUE .............................................................. 160 Component Inspection ........................................... 200
Description ............................................................ 160
Component Function Check .................................. 160 P0116 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 201
DTC Logic .............................................................. 201 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
Component Function Check .................................. 202
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168 Component Inspection ........................................... 202 G

U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 172 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 203
Description ............................................................ 172 DTC Logic .............................................................. 203
H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 172 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 Component Inspection ........................................... 204

U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 173 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 205 I
Description ............................................................ 173 DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 Component Inspection ........................................... 207 J
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 174 P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 209
DTC Logic ............................................................. 174 DTC Logic .............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210 K
Component Inspection .......................................... 176 Component Inspection ........................................... 210

P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 211 L
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................. 178 DTC Logic .............................................................. 211
DTC Logic ............................................................. 178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178 Component Inspection ........................................... 212
Component Inspection .......................................... 179 M
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 213
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- DTC Logic .............................................................. 213
ER ..................................................................... 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 181 Component Inspection ........................................... 214
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
Component Inspection .......................................... 182
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 216
DTC Logic .............................................................. 216 O
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID Component Function Check .................................. 217
VALVE .............................................................. 184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
DTC Logic ............................................................. 184 P
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 220
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
DTC Logic .............................................................. 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 185
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 186
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 223
Description ............................................................ 186
DTC Logic .............................................................. 223
DTC Logic ............................................................. 186
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187

Revision: August 2015 EC-3 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 226 DTC Logic ............................................................. 280
DTC Logic ..............................................................226 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280
Component Function Check ..................................227 Component Inspection .......................................... 282
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................228
Component Inspection ...........................................229 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .......... 283
DTC Logic ............................................................. 283
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ...................................... 232 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283
DTC Logic ..............................................................232 Component Inspection .......................................... 285
Component Function Check ..................................234
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................235 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
Component Inspection ...........................................237 FUNCTION ........................................................ 286
DTC Logic ............................................................. 286
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 240 Component Function Check ................................. 287
DTC Logic ..............................................................240 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288
Component Function Check ..................................242
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................243 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 291
Component Inspection ...........................................245 DTC Logic ............................................................. 291
Component Function Check ................................. 292
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 293
P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1 ......... 247
Description .............................................................247 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
DTC Logic ..............................................................247 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249 DTC Logic ............................................................. 296
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Component Inspection .......................................... 299
FUNCTION ....................................................... 253
DTC Logic ..............................................................253 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................254 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 301
DTC Logic ............................................................. 301
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 301
FUNCTION ....................................................... 257 Component Inspection .......................................... 302
DTC Logic ..............................................................257
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................258 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 304
P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 261 DTC Logic ............................................................. 304
DTC Logic ..............................................................261 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304
Component Function Check ..................................262 Component Inspection .......................................... 306
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................263
Component Inspection ...........................................264 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 308
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................... 265 DTC Logic ............................................................. 308
DTC Logic ..............................................................265 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 308
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................265 Component Inspection .......................................... 310
Component Inspection ...........................................266
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 268 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 312
DTC Logic ..............................................................268 DTC Logic ............................................................. 312
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................268 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312
Component Inspection ...........................................270 Component Inspection .......................................... 314
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0306 MISFIRE ............................................... 272 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 315
DTC Logic ..............................................................272 DTC Logic ............................................................. 315
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................273 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316
Component Inspection .......................................... 317
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 278
DTC Logic ..............................................................278 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................278 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 318
Component Inspection ...........................................279 DTC Logic ............................................................. 318
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 280
Component Inspection .......................................... 321
Revision: August 2015 EC-4 2016 NV NAM
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 322 P0606 ECM ..................................................... 353
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 322 DTC Logic .............................................................. 353 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 322 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 353
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323
Component Inspection .......................................... 327 P0607 ECM ..................................................... 354
EC
DTC Logic .............................................................. 354
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 328 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 354
DTC Logic ............................................................. 328
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 P060A ECM ..................................................... 355 C
Component Inspection .......................................... 333 DTC Logic .............................................................. 355
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 334 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 334 P060B ECM ..................................................... 356
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 DTC Logic .............................................................. 356
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 356
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 335 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 335 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 357
Component Function Check .................................. 335 Description ............................................................. 357
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 DTC Logic .............................................................. 357
F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 337
DTC Logic ............................................................. 337 P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 359
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 337 Description ............................................................. 359 G
DTC Logic .............................................................. 359
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 338 Component Function Check .................................. 360
Description ............................................................ 338 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 360 H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 338
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 362
DTC Logic .............................................................. 362
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 340 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 362 I
Description ............................................................ 340
DTC Logic ............................................................. 340 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 363
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 340 Description ............................................................. 363
J
DTC Logic .............................................................. 363
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363
Description ............................................................ 342
DTC Logic ............................................................. 342 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 364 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342 Description ............................................................. 364
DTC Logic .............................................................. 364
P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL ....... 344 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 364 L
Description ............................................................ 344
DTC Logic ............................................................. 344 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 365
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345 DTC Logic .............................................................. 365
Component Function Check .................................. 365 M
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 346 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 366
DTC Logic ............................................................. 346
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 346 P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 369
N
Component Inspection .......................................... 347 DTC Logic .............................................................. 369
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 369
P0603 ECM ....................................................... 349
Description ............................................................ 349 P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 370 O
DTC Logic ............................................................. 349 DTC Logic .............................................................. 370
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 349 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 370

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 371 P


P0604 ECM ....................................................... 351
DTC Logic ............................................................. 351 DTC Logic .............................................................. 371
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 371
Component Inspection ........................................... 373
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 352
DTC Logic ............................................................. 352 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 374
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352 Description ............................................................. 374
DTC Logic .............................................................. 374

Revision: August 2015 EC-5 2016 NV NAM


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................375 P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 407
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......377 DTC Logic ............................................................. 407
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........378 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 407
Component Inspection .......................................... 409
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 379
Description .............................................................379 P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 411
DTC Logic ..............................................................379 DTC Logic ............................................................. 411
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................380 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 411
Component Inspection .......................................... 414
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY
SPEED SENSOR) ............................................ 381 P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO .................... 416
Description .............................................................381 DTC Logic ............................................................. 416
DTC Logic ..............................................................381 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 417
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................381
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 421
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 382 Component Function Check ................................. 421
DTC Logic ..............................................................382 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 421
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................382 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 422
Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid
Valve) ....................................................................383 ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 423
Component Function Check ................................. 423
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 385 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 423
DTC Logic ..............................................................385
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................385 COOLING FAN ................................................. 424
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........386 Component Function Check ................................. 424
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 424
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1. 387 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 425
DTC Logic ..............................................................387
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................387 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 426
Description ............................................................ 426
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Component Function Check ................................. 426
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 391 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 426
DTC Logic ..............................................................391
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................391 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 428
Component Function Check ................................. 428
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 428
FUNCTION ....................................................... 393 Component Inspection .......................................... 429
DTC Logic ..............................................................393
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................393
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 430
Component Function Check ................................. 430
Component Inspection ...........................................395
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 430
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 396 Component Inspection .......................................... 432
DTC Logic ..............................................................396
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................396
IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 433
Component Function Check ................................. 433
Component Inspection ...........................................397
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 433
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 398 Transistor) ............................................................. 436
DTC Logic ..............................................................398 Component Inspection (Condenser-1) .................. 437
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................398
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ................ 438
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 400 Component Function Check ................................. 438
DTC Logic ..............................................................400 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 438
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................400
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
Component Inspection ...........................................401
ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 439
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 403 Component Function Check ................................. 439
DTC Logic ..............................................................403 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 439
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................403 Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut
Component Inspection ...........................................405 valve) .................................................................... 441
Component Inspection (Drain filter) ...................... 443

Revision: August 2015 EC-6 2016 NV NAM


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 444 General Precautions .............................................. 465
Component Function Check .................................. 444 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 444 PREPARATION ......................................... 468

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT ........... 446 PREPARATION ............................................... 468


Special Service Tools ............................................ 468 EC
Description ............................................................ 446
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 446 Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 469

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYS- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 471 C


TEM (VIAS) ....................................................... 448
COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 471
Component Function Check .................................. 448
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 448 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 471 D
Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Valve) .................................................................... 450 Location ................................................................. 471
Component Inspection (Vacuum Tank) ................. 451 ECM ....................................................................... 476
E
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) ........................... 477
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 452 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................ 477
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 452 Electric Throttle Control Actuator ........................... 477
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) ..................... 478 F
Symptom Table ..................................................... 452
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 479
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 456 Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
Description ............................................................ 456 ture Sensor) ........................................................... 479 G
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 480
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 457 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 480
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......... 481 H
IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 457 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 481
Inspection .............................................................. 457 Knock Sensor ........................................................ 481
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 482
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 458 I
Power Steering Pressure Sensor .......................... 482
Inspection .............................................................. 458
Cooling Fan ........................................................... 482
EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 459 EVAP Canister ....................................................... 482
Inspection .............................................................. 459 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid J
Valve ...................................................................... 482
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 461 EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ........................ 483
Inspection .............................................................. 461 EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ................ 483 K
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 ................................ 483
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 462 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 484
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump ................. 484
ECM .................................................................. 462 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................. 485
L
Removal and Installation ....................................... 462
ASCD Steering Switch ........................................... 485
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Stop Lamp Switch & ASCD Brake Switch ............. 485
M
(SDS) .......................................................... 463 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ................... 486
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) ................... 486
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ...... 487
(SDS) ................................................................ 463 N
Idle Speed ............................................................. 463 SYSTEM .......................................................... 488
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 463
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 463 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 488 O
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 463 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
VK56DE tion ......................................................................... 488
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............. 489
P
PRECAUTION ............................................ 464 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 490
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 464 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System tem Description ...................................................... 491
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ............................... 493
SIONER" ............................................................... 464 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine scription ................................................................. 493
and A/T .................................................................. 464

Revision: August 2015 EC-7 2016 NV NAM


AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .....................494 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 558
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Description .............................................................495 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 558
Wiring Diagram—ENGINE CONTROL SYS-
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)..495 TEM— ................................................................... 558
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Description ......................................496 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 579
COOLING FAN CONTROL ......................................497 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 579
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description..497 Work Flow ............................................................. 579
Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 582
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ......................498
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 584
Description .............................................................498 Work Procedure .................................................... 584
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .......................501 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- ECM .................................................................. 588
scription .................................................................502
Description ............................................................ 588
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM ................502 Work Procedure .................................................... 588
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
Description .............................................................503
TION LEARNING .............................................. 590
CAN COMMUNICATION ..........................................504 Description ............................................................ 590
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .....504 Work Procedure .................................................... 590

OPERATION .................................................... 505 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION


LEARNING ....................................................... 591
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)..505 Description ............................................................ 591
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Work Procedure .................................................... 591
CD) : Switch Name and Function ..........................505
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................... 592
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 507 Description ............................................................ 592
Diagnosis Description ............................................507 Work Procedure .................................................... 592
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ......................................507
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) .......................... 508 CLEAR .............................................................. 594
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ....................................508 Description ............................................................ 594
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Work Procedure .................................................... 594
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ......................508
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 595
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Description ............................................................ 595
Frame Data ............................................................508
Work Procedure .................................................... 595
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ....509
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ......512 FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 596
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Work Procedure .................................................... 596
Test (SRT) Code ...................................................513
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diag- HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 598
nostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) .................514 Description ............................................................ 598
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 599
tor Lamp (MIL) .......................................................515 Work Procedure .................................................... 601
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................515
CONSULT Function ...............................................518 HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC .............. 604
Description ............................................................ 604
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 529 Work Procedure (Group A) ................................... 605
Work Procedure (Group B) ................................... 607
ECM ................................................................. 529
Reference Value ....................................................529 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 610
Fail-safe .................................................................542
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................543 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
DTC Index .............................................................545 VALUE .............................................................. 610
Test Value and Test Limit ......................................549 Description ............................................................ 610
Component Function Check ................................. 610

Revision: August 2015 EC-8 2016 NV NAM


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 611 Component Inspection ........................................... 653
A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 618 P0116 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 654
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 618 DTC Logic .............................................................. 654
Component Function Check .................................. 655
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 622 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 655 EC
Description ............................................................ 622 Component Inspection ........................................... 655
DTC Logic ............................................................. 622
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 622 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 656 C
DTC Logic .............................................................. 656
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 623 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 656
Description ............................................................ 623 Component Inspection ........................................... 657
DTC Logic ............................................................. 623 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 623 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 658
DTC Logic .............................................................. 658
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 624 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 658 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 624 Component Inspection ........................................... 660
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 625
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con- P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 662
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 628 DTC Logic .............................................................. 662 F
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 663
trol Position Sensor) .............................................. 628 Component Inspection ........................................... 663
G
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 664
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................. 630 DTC Logic .............................................................. 664
DTC Logic ............................................................. 630 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 664
H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 630 Component Inspection ........................................... 665
Component Inspection .......................................... 631
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 666
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- DTC Logic .............................................................. 666 I
ER ..................................................................... 633 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 667
DTC Logic ............................................................. 633 Component Inspection ........................................... 667
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 633 J
Component Inspection .......................................... 634
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 669
DTC Logic .............................................................. 669
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID Component Function Check .................................. 670
VALVE .............................................................. 636 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 671 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 636
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 673
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 636
DTC Logic .............................................................. 673
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con- L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 674
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 637
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 676
P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 639
DTC Logic .............................................................. 676 M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 639
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 677
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 639
Component Inspection .......................................... 641 P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ..................................... 679
N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 679
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 645
Component Function Check .................................. 680
DTC Logic ............................................................. 645
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 681
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 645 O
Component Inspection ........................................... 682
Component Inspection .......................................... 647
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 685
P0111 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 650
DTC Logic .............................................................. 685
DTC Logic ............................................................. 650 P
Component Function Check .................................. 687
Component Function Check .................................. 651
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 688
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 651
Component Inspection ........................................... 690
Component Inspection .......................................... 651
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 693
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 652
DTC Logic .............................................................. 693
DTC Logic ............................................................. 652
Component Function Check .................................. 695
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 652
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 696

Revision: August 2015 EC-9 2016 NV NAM


Component Inspection ...........................................697 DTC Logic ............................................................. 742
Component Function Check ................................. 744
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 744
P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1 ......... 699
Description .............................................................699 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
DTC Logic ..............................................................699 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 748
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................701 DTC Logic ............................................................. 748
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 749
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Component Inspection .......................................... 751
FUNCTION ....................................................... 705
DTC Logic ..............................................................705 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................706 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 753
DTC Logic ............................................................. 753
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 753
FUNCTION ....................................................... 709 Component Inspection .......................................... 754
DTC Logic ..............................................................709
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................710 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 756
P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 713 DTC Logic ............................................................. 756
DTC Logic ..............................................................713 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 756
Component Function Check ..................................714 Component Inspection .......................................... 758
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................715
Component Inspection ...........................................716 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 760
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................... 717 DTC Logic ............................................................. 760
DTC Logic ..............................................................717 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 760
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................717 Component Inspection .......................................... 762
Component Inspection ...........................................718
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 720 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 764
DTC Logic ..............................................................720
DTC Logic ............................................................. 764
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................720
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 765
Component Inspection ...........................................722
Component Inspection .......................................... 766
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE ....................... 723 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 768
DTC Logic ..............................................................723 DTC Logic ............................................................. 768
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................724 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 769
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 729 Component Inspection .......................................... 770
DTC Logic ..............................................................729 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................729
SURE SENSOR ................................................ 771
Component Inspection ...........................................730
DTC Logic ............................................................. 771
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 731 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 772
DTC Logic ..............................................................731 Component Inspection .......................................... 774
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................731
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 775
Component Inspection ...........................................733
DTC Logic ............................................................. 775
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 734 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 776
DTC Logic ..............................................................734 Component Inspection .......................................... 780
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................734
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 781
Component Inspection ...........................................736
DTC Logic ............................................................. 781
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 781
FUNCTION ....................................................... 737 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 782
DTC Logic ..............................................................737 DTC Logic ............................................................. 782
Component Function Check ..................................738 Component Function Check ................................. 782
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................739 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 783
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 742 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 784

Revision: August 2015 EC-10 2016 NV NAM


DTC Logic ............................................................. 784 DTC Logic .............................................................. 805
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 784 Component Function Check .................................. 806 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 806
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 785
Description ............................................................ 785 P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION
DTC Logic ............................................................. 785 SENSOR .......................................................... 808 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 785 Description ............................................................. 808
DTC Logic .............................................................. 808
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 808 C
Description ............................................................ 787 Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 787 trol Position Sensor) .............................................. 810
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 787
D
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 812
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 789 DTC Logic .............................................................. 812
Description ............................................................ 789 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 812
DTC Logic ............................................................. 789 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 789 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 813
Description ............................................................. 813
P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL ....... 791 DTC Logic .............................................................. 813
Description ............................................................ 791 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 813
DTC Logic ............................................................. 791
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 792 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 814
Description ............................................................. 814 G
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 793 DTC Logic .............................................................. 814
DTC Logic ............................................................. 793 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 814
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 793
H
Component Inspection .......................................... 794 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 815
DTC Logic .............................................................. 815
P0603 ECM ....................................................... 796 Component Function Check .................................. 815
DTC Logic ............................................................. 796 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 816 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 796
P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 819
P0604 ECM ....................................................... 797 DTC Logic .............................................................. 819 J
DTC Logic ............................................................. 797 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 819
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 797
P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 820
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 798 DTC Logic .............................................................. 820 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 798 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 820
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 798
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 821 L
P0606 ECM ....................................................... 799 DTC Logic .............................................................. 821
DTC Logic ............................................................. 799 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 821
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 799 Component Inspection ........................................... 823
M
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 800 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 824
DTC Logic ............................................................. 800 Description ............................................................. 824
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 800 DTC Logic .............................................................. 824 N
P060A ECM ...................................................... 801 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 825
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 827
DTC Logic ............................................................. 801
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 828
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 801 O
P060B ECM ...................................................... 802 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 829
Description ............................................................. 829
DTC Logic ............................................................. 802
DTC Logic .............................................................. 829 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 802
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 829
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 803
DTC Logic ............................................................. 803
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 803 SPEED SENSOR) ........................................... 831
Description ............................................................. 831
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 805 DTC Logic .............................................................. 831
Description ............................................................ 805 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 831

Revision: August 2015 EC-11 2016 NV NAM


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 832 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 872
DTC Logic ..............................................................832
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................832 COOLING FAN ................................................. 873
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........833 Component Function Check ................................. 873
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 873
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1. 834 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 874
DTC Logic ..............................................................834
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................834 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 875
Description ............................................................ 875
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Component Function Check ................................. 875
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 838 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 875
DTC Logic ..............................................................838
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................838
FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 877
Component Function Check ................................. 877
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 877
FUNCTION ....................................................... 841 Component Inspection .......................................... 878
DTC Logic ..............................................................841
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 879
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................841
Component Function Check ................................. 879
Component Inspection ...........................................843
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 879
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 844 Component Inspection .......................................... 881
DTC Logic ..............................................................844
IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 882
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................844
Component Function Check ................................. 882
Component Inspection ...........................................845
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 882
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 846 Transistor) ............................................................. 885
DTC Logic ..............................................................846 Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 886
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................846 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ................ 887
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 848 Component Function Check ................................. 887
DTC Logic ..............................................................848 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 887
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................848 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
Component Inspection ...........................................849
ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 888
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 851 Component Function Check ................................. 888
DTC Logic ..............................................................851 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 888
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................851 Component Inspection .......................................... 890
Component Inspection ...........................................853
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 892
P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 855 Component Function Check ................................. 892
DTC Logic ..............................................................855 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 892
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................855
Component Inspection ...........................................857
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 894

P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 858 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 894
Symptom Table ..................................................... 894
DTC Logic ..............................................................858
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................858 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 898
Component Inspection ...........................................861 Description ............................................................ 898
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO .................... 863 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 899
DTC Logic ..............................................................863
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................864 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 899
Inspection .............................................................. 899
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 869
Component Function Check ..................................869 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 900
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................869 Inspection .............................................................. 900
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......870
EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 901
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 872 Inspection .............................................................. 901
Component Function Check ..................................872

Revision: August 2015 EC-12 2016 NV NAM


POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 903 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Inspection .............................................................. 903 (SDS) .......................................................... 905 A

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 904 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................... 905 EC
ECM .................................................................. 904
Idle Speed ............................................................. 905
Removal and Installation ....................................... 904
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 905
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 905
C
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 905

Revision: August 2015 EC-13 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012524193

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012524194

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000012524195

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)

Revision: August 2015 EC-14 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-7, "Harness Connec- A
tor".
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
EC
• Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. C
General Precautions INFOID:0000000012524196

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. D


• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- E
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF. F
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect negative battery cable.
SEF289H
G

• Never disassemble ECM.


• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to H
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this I
is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. J
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
PBIB1164E
K
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
L
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors. M
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
N
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation O
of ICs, etc.
PBIB0090E

• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.


P

Revision: August 2015 EC-15 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-78, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC


Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

JSBIA1315ZZ

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow


the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.

SEF348N

Revision: August 2015 EC-16 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ40DE]
• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-
ure. A
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
EC

SEC893C

D
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. E

G
SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to H


observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con- I
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
J
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. K
SEF708Y

Revision: August 2015 EC-17 2016 NV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ40DE]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000012524197

The actual shapes of TechMate tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapts radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radi-
(J-33984-A) ator filler neck
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

(J-44321) Checks fuel pressure


Fuel pressure gauge
kit

LEC642

(J-44321-6) Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector


Fuel pressure adapter type fuel lines.

LBIA0376E

(J-45488) Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine


Quick connector re- room
lease

PBIC0198E

Revision: August 2015 EC-18 2016 NV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ40DE]
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000012524198

Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
EC
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)

D
S-NT703

EVAP service port Applies positive pressure through EVAP service


adapter port E
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)

S-NT704

G
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure

I
ALBIA1353ZZ

Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature


sensor
J

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before L


cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor M
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488 N
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent O
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

P
S-NT779

Revision: August 2015 EC-19 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012524199

ALBIA0726ZZ

1. ECM 2. Cooling fan motor 3. Power steering pressure sensor


4. Intake valve timing control solenoid 5. Electric throttle control actuator 6. Power valve actuator
valve (bank 1)
7. VIAS control solenoid valve 8. EVAP canister purge volume control 9. Intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve valve (bank 2)
10. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 11. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 12. Refrigerant pressure sensor
temperature sensor)
13. EVAP service port 14. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 15. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
16. Fuel injector (bank 2) 17. Knock sensor (bank 2) 18. Knock sensor (bank 1)

Revision: August 2015 EC-20 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
19. Fuel injector (bank 1) 20. Engine coolant temperature sensor 21. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) A
22. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 23. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 24. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1)
and spark plug (bank 1)
25. IPDM E/R EC

N
ALBIA0733ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. IPDM E/R 3. ECM


and spark plug (bank 2) O
4. ECM connector 5. Battery 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
(view with engine removed)
P
7. Knock sensor (bank 2) 8. Knock sensor (bank 1) 9. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Electric throttle control actuator 12. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front

Revision: August 2015 EC-21 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

ALBIA0734ZZ

1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Injector harness connector (bank 2) 3. Injector harness connector (bank 1)
(view with intake manifold collector (view with intake manifold collector
removed) removed)
4. Ignition coils (bank 1) (with power 5. Ignition coils (bank 2) (with power 6. EVAP canister purge volume control
transistor) transistor) solenoid valve
7. Intake valve timing control solenoid 8. EVAP service port 9. EVAP control system pressure sen-
valve (bank 2) sor
10. EVAP canister vent control valve 11. EVAP canister 12. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (bank 1)
(view through fender cover RH)
13. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 14. Intake manifold collector 15. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

Revision: August 2015 EC-22 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

EC

L
ALBIA0735ZZ

1. Condenser-1 2. Condenser-2 3. Battery M


4. Power valve actuator 5. VIAS control solenoid valve 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
(view with front grille removed)
7. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 8. Fuel pressure regulator 9. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and N
harness connector fuel filter
(view with fuel tank removed)
: Vehicle front
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-23 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

ALBIA0736ZZ

1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 5. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 6. Muffler
(bank 2)
7. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 8. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 9. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
(bank 1) 1)
: Vehicle front

Revision: August 2015 EC-24 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

EC

I
ALBIA0737ZZ

1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Stop lamp switch 3. Brake pedal


J
4. ASCD brake switch 5. ASCD steering switch 6. CANCEL switch
7. • ACCEL/RES switch 8. MAIN switch
• COAST/SET switch
K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000012524200

L
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-26, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-27, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater" M
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
ASCD brake switch EC-374, "Description"
N
ASCD steering switch EC-27, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-28, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Cooling fan motor EC-28, "Cooling Fan" O
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-28, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-29, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-29, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor" P
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-30, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-30, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-30, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
Fuel injector EC-30, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel level sensor EC-30, "Fuel Level Sensor"

Revision: August 2015 EC-25 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Component Reference
Fuel pump EC-31, "Fuel Pump"
Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-31, "Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-31, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-32, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater"
Ignition signal EC-32, "Ignition Coil"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-32, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-33, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Knock sensor EC-33, "Knock Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-33, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
PCV valve EC-35, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-33, "Power Steering Pressure Sensor"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-34, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch EC-27, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Throttle control motor EC-34, "Throttle Control Motor"
Throttle control motor relay EC-34, "Throttle Control Motor Relay"
Throttle position sensor EC-34, "Throttle Position Sensor"

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012524201

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end


of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000012524202

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JPBIA4038GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-26 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the A
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC

JPBIA5446GB

D
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000012524203

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating G
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
ASCD Brake Switch INFOID:0000000012524204
H
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func- I
tion.
ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000012524205

J
ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET) and CRUISE lamp in combination
meter.
CRUISE indicator is displayed to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation when MAIN switch on
ASCD steering switch is turned ON. K
SET indicator is displayed when the following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is displayed.
• COAST/SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the L
ASCD setting.
SET indicator is displayed during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
M
tion.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012524206

N
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion. O

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000012524207

Stop lamp switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is P
depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.

Revision: August 2015 EC-27 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000012524208

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of


camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
PBIB0562E

Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2744E

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000012524209

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

Cooling fan motor terminals


Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW)
2 3 and 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000012524210

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder


block facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JPBIA5389ZZ
the engine revolution.

Revision: August 2015 EC-28 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
A

EC

PBIB2744E

D
ECM INFOID:0000000012524211

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal


input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. E

PBIB1164E
H
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000012524212

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. I
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor. J
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524213

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine K


coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to L
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
M

SEF594K
N

<Reference data>
O
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 P
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P

Revision: August 2015 EC-29 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524214

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to


control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

PBIB2057E

EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000012524215

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
PBIB1263E

EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524216

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the


purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases.

PBIB3370E

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000012524217

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z

Fuel Level Sensor INFOID:0000000012524218

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.

Revision: August 2015 EC-30 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the “A/C auto amp.”. The “A/C auto
amp.” sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. A
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000012524219 EC

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator C


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump D
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows E
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. F

Condition Fuel pump operation


Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
G
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. H
Except as shown above Stops.

Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524220


I
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper- J
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases. K
<Reference data>

Fluid temperature L
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 SEF012P

50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 M


*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000012524221


N
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
P
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

Revision: August 2015 EC-31 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000012524222

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater


Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000012524223

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524224

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature


Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

SEF012P

Revision: August 2015 EC-32 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524225

A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil EC
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. C
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. D
PBIB1842E

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000012524226


E
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM. F
Malfunction Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000012524227

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination G


meter.
The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check. H
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL
remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an
engine system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-56, "Diagnosis Description". I

JSBIA1315ZZ J

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012524228

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It K
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is L
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The M
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

N
PBIA9559J

Power Steering Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524229

O
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve P
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.

Revision: August 2015 EC-33 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524230

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000012524231

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000012524232

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012524233

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,


throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

VIAS Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524234

The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to
ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut.
When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.

Revision: August 2015 EC-34 2016 NV NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000012524235

EC

G
SEC921C

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.


The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

Revision: August 2015 EC-35 2016 NV NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000012524236

PBIB1068E

From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

Revision: August 2015 EC-36 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524237
EC

JPBIA5424GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-37 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524238

ECM controls the engine by various functions.

Function Reference
EC-39, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-41, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-42, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
tem Description"
CAN communication EC-45, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
Cooling fan control EC-45, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission system
tion"
EC-48, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Intake valve timing control
tion"
EC-48, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Variable induction air system
tion"
EC-52, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel filler cap warning system
scription"

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524239

JPBIA5368GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-38 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524240

A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature D
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
E
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injection
TCM Gear position
& mixture ratio Fuel injector
Battery Battery voltage*3 control F
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 VDC/TCS operation signal
H
A/C ON signal*2
A/C auto amp.
Blower fan signal*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
I
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the K
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. L
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. M
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine N
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D O
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration P
• During high engine speed operation

Revision: August 2015 EC-39 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2793E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst 1 can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the
exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse
width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-26, "Air
Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen-
sor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

Revision: August 2015 EC-40 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A

EC

SEF179U

Two types of systems are used. D


• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524241

JPBIA3271GB

N
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524242

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART O

Revision: August 2015 EC-41 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing Ignition coil (with power
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control transistor)
TCM Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Combination meter Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524243

JPBIA5369GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524244

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Revision: August 2015 EC-42 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EC


Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage*2 ↓
A/C compressor C
A/C relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal

Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation Compressor
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*1 D

• A/C ON signal*1
A/C auto amp.
• Blower fun ON signal*1
E
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. G
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. H
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) I

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524245

N
JPBIA3272GB

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000012524246 O

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


P
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Electric throttle control actua-
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation ASCD vehicle speed control
tor
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation

Revision: August 2015 EC-43 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Park/neutral position signal
TCM
Output shaft revolution signal* ASCD status signal Combination meter
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM


Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press COAST/SET switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever is in the N, P or R position
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the COAST/SET switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed,
vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following
conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever is in the P and N positions
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
CAN COMMUNICATION

Revision: August 2015 EC-44 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000012524247

A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com- C
munication for detail.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
D
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524248

JPBIA5370GB

NOTE:
J
Cooling fan relay is not used
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524249

K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator L


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature M


Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
Battery Battery voltage*1
Cooling fan IPDM E/R N
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2 speed request ↓
signal Cooling fan motor
A/C ON signal*2
O
A/C evaporator temperature*2
A/C auto amp.
Target A/C evaporator temperature*2

Blower fan ON signal*2 P


*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

Revision: August 2015 EC-45 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Cooling Fan Operation

PBIB2531E

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524250

JSBIA0371GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524251

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Revision: August 2015 EC-46 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A


Crankshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed*1

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EC


Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1
C
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas D


Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line E
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
F
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
G

PBIB3639E L
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
M
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is N
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling. O
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

Revision: August 2015 EC-47 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524252

JMBIA2174GB

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524253

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
timing control solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3279E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524254

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Revision: August 2015 EC-48 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EC
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. D

I
PBIB1822E

When the engine is running at medium speed, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes
the power valve. J
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the total length of passage A and pas-
sage B. This long intake manifold provides increased amount of intake air, which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque. K
When engine is running at low or high speed, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve and the power valve is opened.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the length of passage B. This short- L
ened intake manifold length results in enhanced engine output due to reduced suction resistance under high
speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION M
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys- N
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve. O

BBIA0569E

VIAS Control Solenoid Valve

Revision: August 2015 EC-49 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.

BBIA0569E

Revision: August 2015 EC-50 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000012524255

EC

PBIB2529E

Refer to EC-37, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. P
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM

Revision: August 2015 EC-51 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524256

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSBIA1557GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Input
Unit/Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line

Fuel level sensor signal* Fuel filler cap warning control


Combination meter
Fuel filler cap warning reset signal*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
Output
Unit Output signal Actuator
ECM Fuel filler cap warning display signal* Combination meter

*: This signal is sent to the combination meter via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level sensor signal transmitted from the combination meter via
CAN communication.
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter
via CAN communication.
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display.
CAUTION:
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
Reset Operation
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below:
• Reset operation is performed by operating the “INFO” switch on the combination meter.
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal.
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE:
Revision: August 2015 EC-52 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn-
ing display turns ON/OFF. A

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-53 2016 NV NAM


OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
OPERATION
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000012524257

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

JPBIA5371ZZ

1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch


4. ASCD MAIN switch 5. COAST/SET switch 6. ACCEL/RES switch
(ACCELERATE/RESUME)
A. On the combination meter
B. On the steering wheel

SET SPEED RANGE


ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)


40 km/h (25 MPH) 144 km/h (89 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.

CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.

Revision: August 2015 EC-54 2016 NV NAM


OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased. A

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-55 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000012524258

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012524259

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-51, "Descrip-
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

Revision: August 2015 EC-56 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000012524260 EC

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E


Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminate Blinking Illuminate displaying displaying displaying displaying
F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst G
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
H
fer to EC-94, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000012524261

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC


J
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not K
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, L
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. M
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-94, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT. N
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-129, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma- O
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA P
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Revision: August 2015 EC-57 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012524262

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other


MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

Revision: August 2015 EC-58 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

EC

L
JMBIA1417GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

Revision: August 2015 EC-59 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

Revision: August 2015 EC-60 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

EC

N
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- O
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-61 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524263

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).

Revision: August 2015 EC-62 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). A
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
EC
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM. C
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total. D
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE: E
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern D. F

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000012524264

G
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. H
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT I
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. J
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. K
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE: L
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (NO permanent DTCs) before the M
inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is N
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-63 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]

Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
INFOID:0000000012524265

Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.


ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and
by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission
inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and perma-
nent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

Revision: August 2015 EC-64 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
PERMANENT DTC SET TIMING
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed. A

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012524266

When emission related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission EC


control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. C
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC- D
438, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE: E
JSBIA1315ZZ
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and
inspect/repair accordingly because an emission related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission
control systems components and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
F
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000012524267

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM G


The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function H


Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has I
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
J
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
learning K
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-139, "Description".

BULB CHECK MODE L


Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
M
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. N
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description O
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-63, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
P
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

Revision: August 2015 EC-65 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE


Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to self-diagnostic results mode.

Revision: August 2015 EC-66 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. A

EC

PBIB0092E D
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test E
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
F
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following. O

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 P
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-67 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in self-diagnostic results.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012524268

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function


Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read.
DTC Work Supprt The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “Self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC

Revision: August 2015 EC-68 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 A
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-94), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-37, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
EC
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
C
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data


Description D
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
CODE
to EC-94, "DTC Index".)
[PXXXX] E
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F] F
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] short-term fuel trim. G
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule.
H
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
[km/h] or [mph]
I
INT MANI PRES [kPa
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
or psi]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed J
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed K
or [°F]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed. L
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop M
COMBUST CONDI-
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. N
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable O
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored Item
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-78, "Reference Value". P

Revision: August 2015 EC-69 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
×: Applicable
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • This data also includes the data for
%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rection factor per cycle is indicated. the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2
V
HO2S2 (B2) is displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:


RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
V ECM internally. Thus, they differs
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
V ECM internally. Thus, they differs
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
• The fuel temperature (determined by the signal
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• The signal voltage of EVAP control system pres-
EVAP SYS PRES V
sure sensor is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is dis-
FUEL LEVEL SE V
played.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.

Revision: August 2015 EC-70 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system EC
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical C
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light- D
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal. E
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.

BRAKE SW ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp F
switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig- G
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
H
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
I
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the J
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
K
INT/V TIM (B1) • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) gle.

INT/V SOL (B1) • The control value of the intake valve timing con- L
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
% ing to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) • The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases. M
• The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid
valve (determined by ECM according to the input
VIAS S/V-1 ON/OFF
signals) is indicated. N
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operat-
ing.
O
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition P
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open

Revision: August 2015 EC-71 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
• The control condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF
HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
HO2S2 HTR (B2) the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the in-
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
put speed sensor signal.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn-
ing
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from COAST/SET
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively
high compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.

Revision: August 2015 EC-72 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively EC
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D accord-
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF
ing to the input signal from the TCM.
C
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel
AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF
signal sent from the TCM.
D
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter- E
SET LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be- F
— tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
A/F ADJ-B2 the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
G
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen- H
sor) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed. I
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
A/F SEN1 (B2) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed re- J
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
K
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. L
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. M
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) N
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates the condition of EVAP leak diagnosis.
YET: EVAP leak diagnosis has not been per- O
EVAP LEAK DIAG YET/CMPLT formed yet.
CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has been per-
formed successfully.
P
• Indicates the ready condition of EVAP leak diag-
nosis.
ON: EVAP leak diagnosis has been ready condi-
EVAP DIAG READY ON/OFF
tion.
OFF: EVAP leak diagnosis has not been ready
condition.
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
The item is indicated, but not used.

Revision: August 2015 EC-73 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates DTC P015A or P015B self-diagnosis
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 INCMP/CM- condition.
(B1) PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P015C or P015D self-diagnosis
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 INCMP/CM- condition.
(B2) PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014C or P014D self-diagnosis
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 INCMP/CM- condition.
(B1) PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014E or P014F self-diagnosis
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 INCMP/CM- condition.
(B2) PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A or P015B
self-diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 ABSNT/ ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not within the di-
(B1) PRSNT agnosis range.
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within the diag-
nosis range.
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A or P015B
self-diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 ABSNT/ ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not within the di-
(B2) PRSNT agnosis range.
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within the diag-
nosis range.
Displays a determined value of atmospheric correc-
tion factor necessary for correcting an A/F sensor
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
— signal input to ECM. The signal used for the correc-
CRCT B1
tion is an A/F sensor signal transmitted while driving
under atmospheric pressure.
Displays a determined value of atmospheric correc-
tion factor necessary for correcting an A/F sensor
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
— signal input to ECM. The signal used for the correc-
CRCT B2
tion is an A/F sensor signal transmitted while driving
under atmospheric pressure.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Displays the number of updates of the A/F sensor
count
CRCT UP B1 atmospheric correction factor.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Displays the number of updates of the A/F sensor
count
CRCT UP B2 atmospheric correction factor.
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagnosis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- INCMP/CM-
- INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
NOSIS A B2 PLT
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagnosis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- INCMP/CM-
- INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
NOSIS A B1 PLT
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagnosis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- ABSNT/
- ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
NOSIS B B2 PRSNT
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagnosis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- ABSNT/
- ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
NOSIS B B1 PRSNT
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Revision: August 2015 EC-74 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Work Item
A
Work item Condition Usage
• The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the spec-
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN When learning the idle air volume
ified range is memorized in ECM. EC
Close the EVAP canister vent control valve in order to make
EVAP system close under the following conditions.
• Ignition switch ON
C
• Engine not running
• Ambient temperature is above 0°C (32°F).
• No vacuum and no high pressure in EVAP system
• Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F). D
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE • Within 10 minutes after starting “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
in the EVAP system
• When trying to execute “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER
The condition except above, CONSULT will discontinue it
and display appropriate instruction. E
NOTE:
When starting engine, CONSULT may display “BAT-
TERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, even
when using a charged battery. F
• Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
• The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns When clearing mixture ratio self- G
SELF-LEARNING CONT
to the original coefficient. learning value
When adjusting target ignition tim-
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition
ing H
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
VIN REGISTRATION • In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
I
When learning the throttle valve
CLSD THL POS LEARN • Ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
closed position.
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU • In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
J
• In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.
REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. K
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
L
Test item Condition Judgement Check item (Remedy)
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
M
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
with the CONSULT and listen to
operating sound. N
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- Check item. sor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector O
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- Check item. P
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT.
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT.
SEN

Revision: August 2015 EC-75 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
Test item Condition Judgement Check item (Remedy)
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT and listen
to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING Check item.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using pears, see Check item.
noid valve
CONSULT.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS S/V-1
with CONSULT and listen for op- sound. • Solenoid valve
erating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan HI, LOW and Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor
OFF using CONSULT. • IPDM E/R
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Shift lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Spark plug
one at a time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Test Item

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page


HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-232
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-226
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-240
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-232
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-226
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-240
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 —
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-216
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 —
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-216
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-296
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-291

SRT & P-DTC MODE


SRT STATUS Mode

Revision: August 2015 EC-76 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
• For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. A
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
EC
How to Display Permanent DTC Status
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at 10 seconds. C
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE: D
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT screen to show if a driving pat-
tern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the E
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.
F

JSBIA0062GB K
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode L
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing M
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. N

Revision: August 2015 EC-77 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012524269

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the data
monitor. This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received
from the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
For outlines of following items, refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function".
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-160, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-160, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-160, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B2 See EC-160, "Description".
Indicates engine coolant
COOLAN TEMP/S • Ignition switch: ON
temperature
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B2) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indica- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
tion. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87 V


ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.56 - 0.96 V


ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.0 V

Revision: August 2015 EC-78 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V EC


TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON


Indicates fuel tank tempera- C
ture
EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of D
FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON
fuel tank
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON E
• Ignition switch: ON
CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the F
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL G
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON H
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
I
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON


HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF J
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
K
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load L
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec M
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 15° - 16° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N
IGN TIMING N
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20° - 21° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
• Selector lever: P or N O
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g/s P
• Selector lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g/s
• No load

• Engine: After warming up Idle


• Selector lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —

Revision: August 2015 EC-79 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Engine: After warming up Idle − 5 - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle − 5 - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
2,200 - 3,300 rpm ON
VIAS S/V-1 • Engine: After warming up
Except above conditions OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above OFF
VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B2) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indica- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
tion. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles)

Revision: August 2015 EC-80 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indica- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE EC
tion. the speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON C
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON D
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released OFF E
COAST/SET switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Released OFF
F
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON
• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF G


• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
H
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF I
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON J
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
38km/h (24MPH) and 144km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89MPH)
K
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ-B2 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
Selector lever: P or N ON L
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above OFF
Indicates intake air temper-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ature M
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V N
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT
O
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP P
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT
Indicates the condition of
EVAP LEAK DIAG • Ignition switch: ON
EVAP leak diagnosis.

Revision: August 2015 EC-81 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Indicates the ready condi-
EVAP DIAG READY • Ignition switch: ON
tion of EVAP leak diagnosis.
THRTL STK CNT B1 • This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.

A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D, P015A
PRSNT
or P015B.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F, P015C
PRSNT
or P015D.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B2 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B2 number of updates.

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP


NOSIS A B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP


NOSIS A B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT


NOSIS B B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT


NOSIS B B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-86, "How to
Handle Battery".
TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSBIA7184ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-82 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
PHYSICAL VALUES
A
NOTE:
• ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind reservoir tank.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. EC
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.

Terminal No.
Description C
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1 128 Throttle control motor Battery voltage D
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L) (B) relay power supply (11 - 14 V)

0 - 14 V
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
2 128 Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
Output
(L/W) (B) (Close) • Shift lever: D F
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E
G
2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition H
3 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(BR) (B) (Bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
I
PBIA8148J

0 - 14 V
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
5 128 Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
Output
(L/B) (B) (Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed K

PBIB1105E
L
2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition M
6 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(B) (B) (Bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
N
PBIA8148J

Revision: August 2015 EC-83 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
9 rpm at idle
(L)
Ignition signal No. 3
11 128 SEC986C
Ignition signal No. 1 Output
(Y) (B)
Ignition signal No. 5 0.1 - 0.4 V
14
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

SEC987C

0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
10 rpm at idle
(G)
Ignition signal No. 2
13 128 SEC986C
Ignition signal No. 6 Output
(V) (B)
Ignition signal No. 4 0.1 - 0.4 V
15
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

SEC987C

12
(B)
16
(B)
123
(B) [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
124 • Idle speed
(B)
127
(B)
128
(B)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
19
— (Throttle position sen- — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R)
sor) • Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D
22 19 Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(B) (R) 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Revision: August 2015 EC-84 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D
23 19 Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input C
(W) (R) 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D
Sensor power supply
24 19
(Throttle position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (R)
sor) E
26 128 Power supply for ECM Battery voltage
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(R) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] F
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
31 128 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(W) (B) (Self shut-off) G
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch OFF
Battery voltage H
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
I
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
33 rpm at idle J
(G)
Fuel injector No. 1
46 128 SEC984C
Fuel injector No. 5 Output
(L) (B) Battery voltage
Fuel injector No. 3
48 K
(11 - 14 V)
(V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
SEC985C

Battery voltage
34 128 Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
Output (11 - 14 V)
(O) (B) relay N
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
O
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
37 128 Heated oxygen sensor and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
Output P
(GR) (B) 2 heater (Bank 1) 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

Revision: August 2015 EC-85 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] Battery voltage
• Idle speed (11 - 14 V)
39 128 VIAS control solenoid
Output [Engine is running]
(SB) (B) valve
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0 V
rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
41 128 Heated oxygen sensor and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
Output
(LG) (B) 2 heater (Bank 2) 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting

EVAP canister purge


42 128 SEC990C
volume control solenoid Output
(SB) (B) Battery voltage
valve
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)

SEC991C

[Ignition switch: ON]


• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.5 V
ON
43 128 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Battery voltage
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14 V)
switch ON

Revision: August 2015 EC-86 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Battery voltage EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
44 rpm at idle
D
(L)
Fuel injector No. 2
45 128 SEC984C
Fuel injector No. 6 Output
(Y) (B) Battery voltage
Fuel injector No. 4
47 E
(11 - 14 V)
(P)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

SEC985C
G
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V) H
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
Intake valve timing con-
55 128
trol solenoid valve Output I
(LG) (B) [Engine is running]
(Bank 2)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
J

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
Battery voltage K
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
L
Intake valve timing con-
56 128
trol solenoid valve Output
(W) (B) [Engine is running]
(Bank 1)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm M

N
PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
57 59 Heated oxygen sensor met O
Input 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 2 (Bank 1) - Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load P

Revision: August 2015 EC-87 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
58 59 Heated oxygen sensor met
Input 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 2 (Bank 2) - Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
59
— (Heated oxygen sensor — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
2) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
63 64 Refrigerant pressure • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (B) sensor • Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
64
— (Refrigerant pressure — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
sensor) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5 V
65 72 Power steering pres- • Steering wheel: Being turned
Input
(R) (B) sure sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
69 128
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(O) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
0 - 4.8 V
70 76 Engine coolant temper-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (B) ature sensor
coolant temperature.
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
72
— (Power steering pres- — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
sure sensor) • Idle speed
73 128
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(W) (B)
0 - 4.8 V
74 64 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (B) sensor
air temperature.
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
76
— (Engine coolant tem- — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
perature sensor) • Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
77 128
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(G) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
Sensor power supply
79 72
(Power steering pres- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (B)
sure sensor)
[Engine is running]
80 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B) (Mass air flow sensor)
• Idle speed
81 128
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(L) (B)

Revision: August 2015 EC-88 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2 V
82 80 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(W) (B) [Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition 1.5 - 1.8 V
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
85 128 Knock sensor [Engine is running] D
Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) (Bank 1) • Idle speed
86 128 Knock sensor [Engine is running]
Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) (Bank 2) • Idle speed
E
10 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed F
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
G
89 128 Crankshaft position PBIB1041E
Input
(O) (B) sensor (POS)
10 V
H

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I

PBIB1042E

J
[Engine is running]
91 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B) (Knock sensor 1 & 2)
• Idle speed

1.0 - 4.0 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
M
93 128 Camshaft position sen- PBIB1039E
Input
(Y) (B) sor (PHASE) (Bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0 V

N
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O

PBIB1040E

Revision: August 2015 EC-89 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

1.0 - 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle

94 128 Camshaft position sen- PBIB1039E


Input
(L) (B) sor (PHASE) (Bank 1)
1.0 - 4.0 V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1040E

Sensor power supply


96 64 (Refrigerant pressure
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (B) sensor/Intake air tem-
perature sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87 V
97 100 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(BR) (R) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48 V
98 116 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(LG) (Y) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
99 100 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (R) (APP sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
100 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R) (APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
101 108 [Ignition switch: ON]
ASCD steering switch Input 1V
(R) (B) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
3V
• ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• COAST/SET switch: Pressed
102 112 EVAP control system
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(L) (B) pressure sensor
103 116 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (Y) (APP sensor 2)

Revision: August 2015 EC-90 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
104 [Ignition switch: ON] EC
— Data link connector — 5 V - Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)
(O) • CONSULT or GST: disconnected
106 128 EVAP canister vent Battery voltage
Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) control valve (11 - 14 V) C
Sensor power supply
107 112
(EVAP control system — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (B)
pressure sensor) D
[Engine is running]
108 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B) (ASCD steering switch)
• Idle speed
E
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 128
Ignition switch Input Battery voltage
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
F
0 - 4.8 V
111 128 Fuel tank temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
(Y) (B) sensor
tank temperature.
G
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
112
— (EVAP control system — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
pressure sensor) • Idle speed
113 CAN communication H
— — — —
(P) line
114 CAN communication
— — — —
(L) line I
[Engine is running]
116 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(Y) (APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed J
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
118 128 • Shift lever: P or N
PNP signal Input
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage K
• Except above position (11 - 14 V)
121 128 Battery voltage
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(BR) (B) (11 - 14 V) L
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
122 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] Battery voltage M
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
126 128 • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ASCD brake switch Input N
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) O
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-86, "How to
Handle Battery".
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-91 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Fail safe INFOID:0000000012524270

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode


P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0102
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes after engine
80°C (176°F)
starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
P0603 ECM
Engine torque may be limited.
P0607
P0604 ECM • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0605 ECM NOTE:
P0606 Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
P060B • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P060A ECM NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Engine torque may be limited.
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

Revision: August 2015 EC-92 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator because of regulating the throttle opening
around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle
stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or D
more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
F
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012524271

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. G

Priority DTC Detected items


H
U0100, U0101, U1001 CAN communication line
P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0111, P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor I
P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function J
P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 Knock sensor
K
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1
P0340, P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463 Fuel level sensor L
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, P060B ECM
M
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0705 Transmissions range switch
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch N
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-93 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Priority DTC Detected items
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075, P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F,
P0150, P0151, P0152, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099
P0137, P0138, P0139, P0157, P0158, P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0443, P0444, P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447, P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
2 P0451, P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0710, P0717, P0720, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734,
P0735, P0740, P0744, P0745, P1715, P1730, P1752, A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P1757, P1762, P1767, P1772, P1774
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1800 VIAS control solenoid valve
P1805 Brake switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
P0011, P0021 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0306 Misfire
P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
P0456, P0455 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P050A, P050E Cold start control
3 P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
P1212 TCS communication line
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 Brake pedal position switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Primary speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
P219A, P219B Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1

DTC Index INFOID:0000000012524272

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM* 3 (CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
U0100 0100*5 LOST COMM (ECM A) — 1 × B TM-83

U0101 0101*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × B EC-172

U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-173

Revision: August 2015 EC-94 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Flashing*8 — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × B EC-174
C
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 × 2 × B EC-174
P0030 0030 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178 D
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
P0036 0036 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
E
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-181
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-181
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-178 F
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-178
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-181
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-181 G
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × B EC-184
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × B EC-184 H
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-186
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-192
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-192 I
P0111 0111 IAT SENSOR 1 B1 — 2 × A EC-197
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-199
J
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-199
P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × A EC-201
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-203 K
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-203
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-205
L
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-205
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × B EC-209
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × B EC-211 M
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × A EC-213
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-216
N
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-220
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-223
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-226 O
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-232
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-240
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247 P
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-216
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-220

Revision: August 2015 EC-95 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-223
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-226
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-232
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-240
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-253
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-257
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-253
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-257
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-261
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-265
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-265
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-268
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-268
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-278
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-278
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-278
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-278
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-280
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-283
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-283
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-286
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-286
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-291
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-296
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-301
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-301
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-304
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-308
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-312
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-315
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-318

Revision: August 2015 EC-96 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK — 2 × A EC-322 EC
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-328
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-334
C
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-335
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-337
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-337 D
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A*6 — 2 × B EC-338
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-340
E
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-342
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-344
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-344 F
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-346
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × or — B EC-349
P0604 0604 ECM — 2 — B EC-351 G
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-352
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 2 — B EC-353
H
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-354
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × B EC-355
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-356 I
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-357
P0700 0700 TRANSMISSION CONT — 1 × B TM-87
J
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 — 2 × B TM-111
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-90 K
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*6 — 2 × B TM-92

P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO*9 — 2 × B TM-97 L


P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO *9 — 2 × B TM-99

P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO*9 — 2 × B TM-101


M
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO*9 — 2 × B TM-103

P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO*9 — 2 × B TM-105


P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-107
N

P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-108


P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × B TM-109
O
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-359
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × A EC-362
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × A EC-362 P
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-364
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × B EC-365
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-369
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-370
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — — EC-371

Revision: August 2015 EC-97 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — — EC-374
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — — EC-379
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-50
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-51
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-53
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — — SEC-54
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — — SEC-56
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-381
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 1 × B TM-116
P1752 1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-119
P1757 1757 FR BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-120
P1762 1762 DRCT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-121
P1767 1767 HLR CLUTCH SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-123
P1772 1772 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-124
P1774 1774 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-125
P1800 1800 VIAS S/V-1 — 2 — — EC-382
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-385
P2096 2096 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-387
P2097 2097 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-387
P2098 2098 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 — 2 × A EC-387
P2099 2099 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 — 2 × A EC-387
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-391
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-393
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × B EC-391
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-396
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-398
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-400
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-400
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-403
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-403
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-407
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-411
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219A 219A — 2 × A EC-416
B1
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219B 219B — 2 × A EC-416
B2
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-154, "Description".
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to EC-63,
"DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".

Revision: August 2015 EC-98 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT or GST.
A
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000012938751

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while EC
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and C
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
D

Revision: August 2015 EC-99 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]

Test value and Test


limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 92H 01H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 94H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

Revision: August 2015 EC-100 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0144 08H 0CH


Maximum sensor output voltage for F
03H test cycle
(Bank 1)
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle

HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J


P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015C 92H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015D 93H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1

Revision: August 2015 EC-101 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015D 94H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for


07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage

CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst


LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

Revision: August 2015 EC-102 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 83H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
I
P0021 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 83H 9DH J
drive failure diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
P0021 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
alignment check diagnosis)
L
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052C
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

Revision: August 2015 EC-103 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
P0030 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
P0036 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Low Input: P0057 Converted value of heater electric cur-
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
46H High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on

Revision: August 2015 EC-104 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim

P0171 or P0172 81H 24H


The number of lambda control C
clamped
P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- D
P219C 83H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #1 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- E
P219D 84H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #2 cylinder parameter
Fuel injection system function
81H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
(Bank 1)
P219E 85H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
F
sor) method #3 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- G
sor) method #4 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A0 87H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- H
FUEL sor) method #5 cylinder parameter
SYSTEM Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A2 89H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
I
sor) method #7 cylinder parameter
P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
The number of lambda control J
P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- K
P219D 84H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #2 cylinder parameter
Fuel injection system function
82H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- L
(Bank 2)
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #4 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A1 88H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- M
sor) method #6 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A3 8AH 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- N
sor) method #8 cylinder parameter

Revision: August 2015 EC-105 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0303 8BH 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders

Revision: August 2015 EC-106 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ40DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No. 2 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving E
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
A4H No. 3 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No. 4 cylinder misfire ing cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
I
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No. 5 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0305 0CH 24H J
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No. 6 cylinder misfire ing cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No. 7 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving M
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-107 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012524274

AABWA1053GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-108 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

ABBWA1540GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-109 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

ABBWA1236GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-110 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

ABBWA1541GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-111 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

ABBWA1546GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-112 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

ABBIA2122GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-113 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

ABBIA2832GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-114 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

ABBIA2123GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-115 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

ABBIA2124GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-116 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

ABBIA2125GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-117 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1671GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-118 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

AABIA1672GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-119 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1673GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-120 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

AABIA1674GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-121 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1675GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-122 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

AABIA1676GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-123 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1677GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-124 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

AABIA1678GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-125 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1679GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-126 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

EC

AABIA1680GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-127 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ40DE]

AABIA1681GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-128 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012524275
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JSBIA0123GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-129 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

*1: Include 1st trip DTC.


*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.

DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-132, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.

Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.


No Malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-452, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-456, "Description" and EC-
92, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-456, "Description" and EC-
92, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-93, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.

Revision: August 2015 EC-130 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. A
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". EC
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-142, "Work Procedure".
C
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. D
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP E
value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-160, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9. F
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE G
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. H
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
I
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-452, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.

J
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. K
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspec- L
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. M
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-78, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART N
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. O
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function". P

>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.

Revision: August 2015 EC-131 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC-
65, "On Board Diagnosis Function" (Without CONSULT) or EC-68, "CONSULT Function" (With
CONSULT).
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
2. Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-154, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END.


Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012524276

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.

Revision: August 2015 EC-132 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A

EC

L
MTBL0017

Revision: August 2015 EC-133 2016 NV NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000012524277

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-134, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524278

1.SAVE ECM DATA


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)

>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: August 2015 EC-134 2016 NV NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- EC
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-40, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". C

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA F
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. G
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
H
>> GO TO 10.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
I
Refer to EC-136, "Description".

>> GO TO 10. J
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-137, "Description".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING L
Refer to EC-138, "Description".

>> GO TO 12. M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-139, "Description". N

>> END
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-135 2016 NV NAM


VIN REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
VIN REGISTRATION
Description INFOID:0000000012524279

VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-136, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524280

1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Identification Number".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.

>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-136 2016 NV NAM


ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524281

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. (For details, refer
to EC-137, "Work Procedure".)
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524282

1.START D
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-137 2016 NV NAM


THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000012524283

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator is cleaned.
(For details, refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524284

1.START
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-138 2016 NV NAM


IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524285

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within EC
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Each time VVEL actuator sub assembly or VVEL control module is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. C
(For details, refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524286
D
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. E
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
• Selector lever: P or N F
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is G
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up H
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. I
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT K
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-138, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
L
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING N
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. O
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-138, "Description". P
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.

Revision: August 2015 EC-139 2016 NV NAM


IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and illuminates.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL illuminates.
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds.

SEC897C

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let it idle for 20 seconds.
3. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed" and EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-1
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-2
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-160, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-140 2016 NV NAM


MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524287

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. (For details, refer to EC-141, "Work Proce- EC
dure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524288

C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G

>> END
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-141 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524289

1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no


load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure.

>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.

Revision: August 2015 EC-142 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-457, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-137, "Description".
E

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-138, "Description".

G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-139, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-457, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-134, "Description". P

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-143 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-458, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.

BBIA0531E

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-137, "Description".

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-138, "Description".

>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-139, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-457, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-458, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.

BBIA0531E

16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION


Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-61, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

Revision: August 2015 EC-144 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A


Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
C
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.) D
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-134, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
F
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-134, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END G

Revision: August 2015 EC-145 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524290

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE


1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (# 48) located in IPDM E/R.

1. Fuel pump fuse


2. IPDM E/R
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

ALBIA0738ZZ
>> END
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains sealability.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [— (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] to check fuel
pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [— (J-45488)]. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
CAUTION:
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] and Fuel Pres-
sure Gauge {from kit [— (J-44321)]} as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel
pressure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose
for damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for
fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
BBIA0535E
CAUTION:
During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

Revision: August 2015 EC-146 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D

Revision: August 2015 EC-147 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Description INFOID:0000000012524291

OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item*1 Performance


Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication) Priority*2
CATALYST 1 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
1 EVAP control system P0456
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F
P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
EGR/VVT SYSTEM 2 Intake valve timing control function P0011, P0021
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

Revision: August 2015 EC-148 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

EC

JSBIA0400GB
K

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524292

L
CAUTION:

Revision: August 2015 EC-149 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.

JPBIA5320GB

*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

Revision: August 2015 EC-150 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524293
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST G
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12. H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 11.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-149, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-78, "Reference Value".

Revision: August 2015 EC-151 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).

>> GO TO 8.

PBIB2244E

8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main-
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.

>> GO TO 9.

JSBIA0160GB

9.PATTERN 5
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.

>> GO TO 10.
10.PATTERN 6
Start engine and wait at least 2 hours. Then turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.

Revision: August 2015 EC-152 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12. A
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
12.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
EC
NOTE:
Permanent DTC cannot be checked with a tool other than CONSULT or GST.
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
With GST
Select Service $0A with GST.
Is permanent DTC(s) detected? D
YES >> Proceed to EC-148, "Description".
NO >> END
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-153 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
Description INFOID:0000000012524294

OUTLINE
When a DTC is stored in ECM
When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.

JSBIA0063GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (driving pattern B) without
will illuminate. any malfunctions.

When a DTC is not stored in ECM


The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
NOTE:
If the applicable permanent DTC includes multiple groups, perform the procedure of Group B first. If the per-
manent DTC is not erased, perform the procedure of Group A.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

Driving pattern
Group* Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs.
B D
A × — —
B — × ×
*: For group, refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
PERMANENT DTC ITEM
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".

Revision: August 2015 EC-154 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
PERMANENT DTC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A

EC

H
JSBIA0401GB

Work Procedure (Group A) INFOID:0000000012524295

JSBIA0064GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-155 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de-


tected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-68,
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
ECM. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-156 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Work Procedure (Group B) INFOID:0000000012524296

EC

J
JSBIA0414GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing K
driving pattern B or D.

NOTE:
Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the L
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
1.CHECK DTC
M
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-68, N
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-157 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN B
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. to drive the vehicle
according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function", EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIP-
TION : Driving Pattern".
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> END
5.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN D
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
1. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-158 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
C
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END
D

Revision: August 2015 EC-159 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000012524297

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524298

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
TESTING CONDITION
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
• After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP 1” (A/T fluid
temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-142, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-160 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524299

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
JMBIA1468GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-161 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

PBIB3214E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-160, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.

Revision: August 2015 EC-162 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG A
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make I
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M

>> INSPECTION END


6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-11, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. P
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation", and then
GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
Revision: August 2015 EC-163 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”


1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following bellow.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-433, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-428, "Component Function Check".)
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-22, "Compression Pressure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation", and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-216, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-220, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-223, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D refer to EC-247, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099, refer to EC-387, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 15.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnosis Procedure according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.

Revision: August 2015 EC-164 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A


1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-452, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE”, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.

Revision: August 2015 EC-165 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-192, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that each indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
Revision: August 2015 EC-166 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve A
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
EC

>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE”, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-452, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and then make sure that the
indication is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-452, "Symptom Table". G

Revision: August 2015 EC-167 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524300

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Location Fuse No. Capacity


Fuse block (J/B) #12 10 A
IPDM E/R #53 20 A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit. (If the replaced fuse is blown again, check
the power supply circuit upstream of IPDM E/R or fuse box [J/B].)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
E16 109 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-168 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. A
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage C
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 121 128 Battery voltage D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7. E

6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-II


1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM G
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
H
After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery
E16 121 128 Drop to 0 V
voltage will exist for a
few seconds I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8. J
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
L
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 121 E119 4 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Reconnect ECM and IPDM E/R harness connector. P
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

Revision: August 2015 EC-169 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: ON 0V

F54 31 E16 128 Turn ignition switch OFF


and wait at least 10 sec- Battery voltage
onds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 31 E119 7 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 26 E16 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 26 E121 30 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-170 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-171 2016 NV NAM


U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000012524301

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524302

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis con-
tent)
• CAN communication line between
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
TCM and ECM
U0101 (Lost communication communication signal of OBD (emission related di-
(CAN communication line is open or
with TCM) agnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524303

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

Revision: August 2015 EC-172 2016 NV NAM


U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524304

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524305
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content) F
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- • Harness or connectors
U1001 (CAN communication munication signal other than OBD (emission related (CAN communication line is open or
line) diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted) G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524306

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart". K

Revision: August 2015 EC-173 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524307

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-184, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
[Intake valve timing • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0011
control performance • Intake valve control solenoid valve
(bank 1)] There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
[Intake valve timing • Timing chain installation
P0021 • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
control performance
(bank 2)] take valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1200 - 2,000 rpm


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
Selector lever P or N position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

Revision: August 2015 EC-174 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
A
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: EC
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? C
YES >> Proceed to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524308

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP E


1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
F
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
G

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I


Check the intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded
View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) K

Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location". M
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-77, "Exploded View".
O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-175 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-78,
"Removal and Installation".

SEC905C

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION


Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-78, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524309

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.

Intake valve timing control


solenoid valve
Resistance (Ω)
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞
Ground PBIB0193E
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-2
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-176 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the A
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control C
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB2275E

YES >> INSPECTION END D


NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded
View".
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-177 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524310

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or
P0030
1 heater (bank 1) control (Voltage signal is higher/lower than voltage in the shorted.)
circuit] normal range.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or
P0031
1 heater (bank 1) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit low] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is short-
P0032
1 heater (bank 1) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM ed.)
circuit high] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or
P0036
1 heater (bank 2) control (Voltage signal is higher/lower than voltage in the shorted.)
circuit] normal range.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or
P0051
1 heater (bank 2) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit low] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is short-
P0052
1 heater (bank 2) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM ed.)
circuit high] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524311

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-178 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage EC
Bank Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage C
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 2 6
F54 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 2 3 H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER J
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 L
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. M
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool). N

>> INSPECTION END


O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524312

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 P


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-179 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
2 1.80 - 2.44 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 3
4 ∞
3 (Continuity should not exist)
2
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.

JPBIA5381ZZ

2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1


Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-180 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 D
heater (bank 1) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater E
P0038
heater (bank 1) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors F
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057
heater (bank 2) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors G
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
heater (bank 2) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at K
idle.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. N
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524314

1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-181 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
DTC HO2S2 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F13 3
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F12 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F13 2 37
F54 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F12 2 41
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524315

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-182 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
A
Heated oxygen sensor 2
+ − Resistance (Ω)
EC
Terminal
2 3 9.9 - 13.3 [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 C
1 3
4 ∞
1 (Continuity should not exist) D

4 2
3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. F

G
SEF249Y

2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". H
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. I
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
J

>> INSPECTION END


K

Revision: August 2015 EC-183 2016 NV NAM


P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524316

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075 [Intake valve timing control so- • Harness or connectors
lenoid valve (bank 1) circuit] An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid
P0081 [Intake valve timing control so- valve
lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524317

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+
DTC IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F67 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F206 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-184 2016 NV NAM


P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
DTC IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P0075 1 F67 1 56
F77 Existed
P0081 2 F206 1 55
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded F
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524318

G
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. H
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
I
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
Resistance (Ω) J
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
K
1 ∞
Ground PBIB0193E
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal? L


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded
View". M
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-2
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid N
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: O
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE: P
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded
View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-185 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000012524319

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524320

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
is open or shorted.)
[Mass air flow (MAF) sensor ECM under light load driving condition.
P0101 • Intake air leaks
(bank 1) circuit range/perfor- • A low voltage from the sensor is sent to
• MAF sensor
mance] ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions:
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

Selector lever Suitable position


Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
NOTE:
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-186 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524321

A
1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct EC
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.

+
F

MAF sensor − Voltage


Connector Terminal G
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J

+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
F53 3 F77 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-187 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

5.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F77 82 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace MAF sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-188, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524322

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-1


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

Revision: August 2015 EC-188 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM A
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
C
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V D
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element H
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-2
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
L

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V M
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V
N
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. O
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

Revision: August 2015 EC-189 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-3
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.

Revision: August 2015 EC-190 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-191 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524323

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage from the mass air
P0102 (Mass air flow sensor circuit shorted.)
flow sensor is sent to ECM.
low input) • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively high voltage from the mass air (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or
P0103 (Mass air flow sensor circuit
flow sensor is sent to ECM. shorted.)
high input)
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-2
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524324

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Revision: August 2015 EC-192 2016 NV NAM
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A


Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
EC
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
C
NO >> Reconnect the parts. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. E

+
MAF sensor − Voltage F
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ − J
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. N

+ −
O
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F77 80 Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-193 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F77 82 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-194, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524325

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-1


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.

Revision: August 2015 EC-194 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element C
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-2 E

With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
F
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
G
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
H
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V I
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. J
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
K
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
L
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine M
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V N
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
O

Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*


*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-3
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-195 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-196 2016 NV NAM


P0111 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0111 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524326

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The comparison result of signals transmitted to
ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT sensor, • Harness or connectors
IAT SENSOR 1 B1
ECT sensor, and FTT sensor) shows that the volt- (High or low resistance in the D
P0111 [Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor
age signal of the IAT sensor is higher/lower than IAT sensor circuit)
circuit range/performance]
that of other temperature sensors when the engine • IAT sensor
is started with its cold state.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
F
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Perform component function check. Refer to EC-198, "Component Function Check". H
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the IAT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle. M

>> GO TO 4.
N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place. O
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION: P
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.

Revision: August 2015 EC-197 2016 NV NAM


P0111 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524327

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as fol-
lows.

Mass air flow sensor


+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent JPBIA5410ZZ
Incident".
NO >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524328

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR


Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded
View".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524329

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per
the following.

Mass air flow sensor


+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminals
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-198 2016 NV NAM


P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524330

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor • Harness or connectors
sent to ECM.
circuit low input) (IAT sensor circuit is open or short-
D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1 ed.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524331

K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
F53 5 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-199 2016 NV NAM


P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 5 F77 74 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 6 F77 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-200, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524332

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per
the following.

Mass air flow sensor


+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminals
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-200 2016 NV NAM


P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0116 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
ECT SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
sensor, ECT sensor, FTT sensor) shows that D
[Engine coolant temperature (High or low resistance in the ECT
P0116 the voltage signal of the ECT sensor is high-
(ECT) sensor circuit range/per- sensor circuit)
er/lower than that of other temperature sen-
formance] • ECT sensor
sors when the engine is started with its cold
state. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START F

Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?


YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-202, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the ECT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
J
NO >> Proceed to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- K
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4. M
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 4. N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes. O
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours. P
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.

Revision: August 2015 EC-201 2016 NV NAM


P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524334

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Proceed to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524335

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


Check ECT sensor. Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524336

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor.
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-202 2016 NV NAM


P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524337

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117 (Engine coolant tempera-
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ture sensor circuit low input)
(Engine coolant temperature sensor cir- D
ECT SEN/CIRC cuit is open or shorted.)
(Engine coolant tempera- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
ture sensor circuit high in- sent to ECM.
put) E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524338 K

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. M

+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
N
Connector Terminal
F70 1 Ground 5V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-203 2016 NV NAM


P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 1 F77 70 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 2 F77 76 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-204, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524339

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor.
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-204 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524340

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-357, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM. E
2 circuit low input) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle position sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit high input) F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524341

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1 M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector terminals.
O
Electric throttle control actuator
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal P
F50 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
Revision: August 2015 EC-205 2016 NV NAM
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-206 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 Ground Existed C
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.

+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F54 23 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View". L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524342

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR M


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-138, "Description". N
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions. O

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage P
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V

Revision: August 2015 EC-207 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-208 2016 NV NAM


P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524343

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-
201, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-203, "DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
E
ECT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
practical, even when some time has passed
(Insufficient engine coolant (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 after starting the engine.
temperature for closed • Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
loop fuel control) • Thermostat F
closed loop fuel control.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION J
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. K
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 20°C (68°F).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
L
Is it above 20°C (68°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. N
2. Check 1st tip DTC.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication increases to more than 20°C (68°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine
because the test result will be OK. O
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. P
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-209 2016 NV NAM


P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524344

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-210, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-30, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524345

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor.
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-210 2016 NV NAM


P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524346

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
IAT SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit is D
P0127 (Intake air temperature sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
open or shorted)
too high) from engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Intake air temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

With CONSULT
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
J
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down K
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F). L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. N
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524347 P

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: August 2015 EC-211 2016 NV NAM


P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524348

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per
the following.

Mass air flow sensor


+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminals
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-212 2016 NV NAM


P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524349

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, Refer to EC-272, "DTC C
Logic".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open. D

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
THERMSTAT FNCTN • Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
[Coolant thermostat (coolant • Leakage from sealing portion of ther-
P0128 reach to specified temperature even though
temperature below thermostat mostat F
the engine has run long enough.
regulating temperature)] • Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE: G
Never refuel before and during the following procedure.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
With CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the following conditions:
L
Ambient temperature −10°C (14°F) or more
A/C switch OFF
Blower fan switch OFF M
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the following conditions:
N
COOLAN TEMP/S −10°C – 56°C (14 – 133°F)
Is the condition satisfied? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Satisfy the condition.
2. GO TO 3.
P
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
- STEP 1

Revision: August 2015 EC-213 2016 NV NAM


P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Drive the vehicle under the conditions instructed below until the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and
“FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes at least 25°C (45°F).

COOLAN TEMP/S 75°C (167°F) or less


FUEL T/TMP SE Less than the value calculated by sub-
tracting 25°C (45°F) from “COOLAN
TEMP/S”.*

*: Example

COOLAN TEMP/S FUEL T/TMP SE


70°C (158°F) 47°C (117°F) or less
65°C (149°F) 42°C (108°F) or less
60°C (140°F) 37°C (99°F) or less
- STEP 2
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more with the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “FUEL
T/TMP SE” maintained at 25°C (45°F) or more.
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
- STEP 3
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more until “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases by 6°C (11°F).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.

COOLAN TEMP/S 75°C (167°F) or more


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524350

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-30, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace thermostat.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524351

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR


Revision: August 2015 EC-214 2016 NV NAM
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector. A
3. Remove ECT sensor.
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.
EC

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition C
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
D

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal? E


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
F

Revision: August 2015 EC-215 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524352

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
P0130 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2 V.
circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F shorted.)
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • A/F sensor 1
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0150 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2 V.
(bank 2) circuit The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Revision: August 2015 EC-216 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ENG SPEED 1,100 - 3,200 rpm A


VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
EC
Selector lever D position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION: C
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-2
Release accelerator pedal fully. E
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to? F
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-3 G

Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.


Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B I
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a J
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524353
L
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: O
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn ignition switch ON. P
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
11. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-217 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524354

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0150 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0150 2 F5 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0130 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0150 2 F5
4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-218 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
3
P0130 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3 C
P0150 2 F5
4

D
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal E
73
P0130 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed F
81
P0150 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION: K
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner L
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-219 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524355

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal is not inordinately low.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit low voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
P0151 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit low voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm


VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.

Revision: August 2015 EC-220 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524356
EC
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
D
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
E
Bank Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0151 2 F5 1 F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G

2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
I
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
P0131 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0151 2 F5 1
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
O
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0131 1 F65
4 69 P
F77 Existed
3 81
P0151 2 F5
4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-221 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0131 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0151 2 F5
4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
73
P0131 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81
P0151 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-222 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524357

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
D
P0132 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit high voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. ed.)
P0152 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 E
(bank 2) circuit high voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5V? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: N
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
O
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec P
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.

Revision: August 2015 EC-223 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524358

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0152 2 F5 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0132 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0152 2 F5
4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-224 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
3
P0132 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3 C
P0152 2 F5
4

D
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal E
73
P0132 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed F
81
P0152 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION: K
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner L
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-225 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524359

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2,
ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suffi-
ciently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.

: 0.70 V

JSBIA4446GB

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0137 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
2 (bank 1) circuit low
voltage] or shorted)
The maximum voltage from the sensor does not
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) reach the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
[Heated oxygen sensor • Fuel injector
P0157
2 (bank 2) circuit low • Intake air leaks
voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before
conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Revision: August 2015 EC-226 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood. A
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
EC
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. D
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). E
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3. F
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-227, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: G
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524360

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1 J


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
L
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector M
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
F77 59
4,000 rpm under
0.70 V at least
N
P0157 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2 P

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

Revision: August 2015 EC-227 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 utes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 D position once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524361

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE


1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0157 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-228 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
EC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0157 2 F12 1 58 C
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
D
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
E
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F12 1 F

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 57 H
F77 Ground Not existed
P0157 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J

Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-229, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard M
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial N
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END O


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524362

1.INSPECTION START P
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Revision: August 2015 EC-229 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
using CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

JSBIA3451ZZ

: The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least on time.


: The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least on time.

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

Revision: August 2015 EC-230 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0137 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 utes once during this C
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM F
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage G
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 D position once during this H
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". J
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. K
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
L

>> INSPECTION END


M

Revision: August 2015 EC-231 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524363

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.

PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B
To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.

PBIB2376E

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen- (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
A)
sor is sent to ECM. or shorted)
HO2S2 (B1) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0138
2 (bank 1) circuit high (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
voltage] The minimum voltage from the sensor is or shorted)
B)
not reached to the specified voltage. • Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen- (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
A)
sor is sent to ECM. or shorted)
HO2S2 (B2) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0158
2 (bank 2) circuit high (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
voltage] The minimum voltage from the sensor is or shorted)
B)
not reached to the specified voltage. • Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
Revision: August 2015 EC-232 2016 NV NAM
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. D
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. E
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B G
With CONSULT
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). H
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. I
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. J
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
K
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: L
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. O

>> GO TO 3.
P
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Without CONSULT
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-234, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: August 2015 EC-233 2016 NV NAM
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524364

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be below
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be below
F77 59 at idle for 10 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 minutes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Coasting from
should be below
80 km/h (50
F77 59 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 MPH) in D posi-
once during this
tion
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-234 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524365

A
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-232, "DTC Logic".
EC
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
C
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. D
3. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist. E


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G

+ −
H
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 4 I
F77 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 4
3. Also check harness for short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
M
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1 58 N
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
O
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
P
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 1

Revision: August 2015 EC-235 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END


7.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 or P0175. Refer to EC-257, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-236 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P0138 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1 58
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and C
ground.

+ D
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
E
P0138 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 1
F
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 58 H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. I
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
L
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. M
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). N

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524366
O

1.INSPECTION START
P
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT

Revision: August 2015 EC-237 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
using CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

JSBIA3451ZZ

: The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least on time.


: The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least on time.

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

Revision: August 2015 EC-238 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0138 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 utes once during this C
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM F
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage G
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 D position once during this H
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". J
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. K
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
L

>> INSPECTION END


M

Revision: August 2015 EC-239 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524367

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.

SEF302U

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0139 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open
2 (bank 1) circuit slow
response] The switching time between rich and lean of a or shorted)
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more • Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) than the specified time computed by ECM. • Fuel system
[Heated oxygen sensor • EVAP system
P0159
2 (bank 2) circuit slow • Intake air system
response]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

Revision: August 2015 EC-240 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
9. Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed. A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
EC
CAUTION:
• Enable the engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. C
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
D
DTC Data monitor item Status
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
P0139
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) E
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
P0159
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
F
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. G
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
1. Open engine hood. H
2. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display. I
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen? J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
L
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected? N
YES >> Proceed to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-242, "Component Function Check".


NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this P
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-241 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524368

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
Except for Mexico

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of
Revving up to voltage should
4,000 rpm under be more than
F77 59
P0159 58 no load at least 0.96 V for 1 sec-
10 times ond during this
procedure.

For Mexico

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of
Revving up to voltage should
4,000 rpm under be more than
F77 59
P0159 58 no load at least 0.80 V for 1 sec-
10 times ond during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
Except for Mexico

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of volt-
age should be
Keeping engine
more than 0.96
F77 59 at idle for 10
P0159 58 V for 1 second
minutes
during this pro-
cedure.

Revision: August 2015 EC-242 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
For Mexico

ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0139 57 A change of volt-
age should be
Keeping engine
more than 0.80
F77 59 at idle for 10
P0159 58 V for 1 second C
minutes
during this pro-
cedure.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
Except for Mexico
F
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal G
P0139 57 A change of volt-
Coasting from
age should be
80 km/h (50
more than 0.96 H
F77 59 MPH) on the
P0159 58 V for 1 second
suitable gear po-
during this pro-
sition
cedure.
I
For Mexico

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of volt-
Coasting from K
age should be
80 km/h (50
more than 0.80
F77 59 MPH) on the
P0159 58 V for 1 second
suitable gear po-
during this pro-
sition L
cedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Proceed to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524369

N
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. O
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic"
or EC-257, "DTC Logic". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-243 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0159 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0159 2 F12 1 58
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F12 1

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0159 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-245, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

Revision: August 2015 EC-244 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial A
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END EC


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524370

1.INSPECTION START C

Do you have CONSULT?


Do you have CONSULT? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 E
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. G
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
using CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
H

JSBIA3451ZZ K

: The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least on time.


: The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least on time. L

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

Revision: August 2015 EC-245 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 utes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 D position once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-246 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SEN-
A
SOR 1
Description INFOID:0000000012524371
EC
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. C
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich. E
JMBIA0112GB

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this F
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F). G

PBIB3354E
I

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524372

J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
K
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P014C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit slow re-
P014D sponse M
P015A Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit delayed re- • Harness or connectors
P015B sponse • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal de-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or N
lays more than the specified time computed by
P014E Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shorted.)
ECM.
(bank 2) circuit slow re- • A/F sensor 1
P014F sponse
O
P015C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit delayed re-
P015D sponse
P
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: August 2015 EC-247 2016 NV NAM
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".

DTC Data monitor item Status


• P014C
• P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
• P015A
• P015B
PRSNT
• P014E
• P014F
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
• P015C
• P015D
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".

DTC Data monitor item Status


• P014C A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
• P014D
• P015A A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
• P015B
CMPLT
• P014E A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
• P014F
• P015C A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
• P015D
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?

Revision: August 2015 EC-248 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check". A
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT EC
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. E
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
G
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel H
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve I
• Mass air flow sensor

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. J


8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524373

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation (Exhaust Manifold)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-249 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1922E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?


YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic"
or EC-257, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C
• P014D
1 F65 1
• P015A
• P015B
Ground Battery voltage
• P014E
• P014F
2 F5 1
• P015C
• P015D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• IPDM E/R harness connector E119
• 15 A fuse (No. 54)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

Revision: August 2015 EC-250 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. A


8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
• P014C 3 73 D
• P014D
1 F65
• P015A 4 69
• P015B
F77 Existed E
• P014E 3 81
• P014F
2 F5
• P015C 4 77
• P015D F
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
G
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
H
• P014C 3
• P014D
1 F65
• P015A 4
• P015B I
Ground Not existed
• P014E 3
• P014F
2 F5
• P015C 4 J
• P015D

ECM K
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C 73
• P014D
1
L
• P015A 69
• P015B
F77 Ground Not existed
• P014E 81
M
• P014F
2
• P015C 77
• P015D
5. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O

9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2).
Refer to EC-188, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-251 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-461, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace.
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-252 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524374

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
D
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
tent)
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Intake air leaks
P0171 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1 G
lean (bank 1)] • Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leaks
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) H
P0174 [Fuel injection system too • Lack of fuel
lean (bank 2)] • Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Start engine. M
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. O
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. P
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: August 2015 EC-253 2016 NV NAM
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524375

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?


YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-254 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
3 73
P0171 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81 C
P0174 2 F5
4 77
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. D

+
E
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3 F
P0171 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0174 2 F5 G
4

+ H
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
73
I
P0171 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81 J
P0174 2
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE L

Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".


Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

Revision: August 2015 EC-255 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-428, "Component Function Check".

PBIB1986E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 2.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray PBIB1726E

out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-256 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524376

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D


Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) F
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
rich (bank 1)] • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector G
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. • Exhaust gas leaks
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175 [Fuel injection system too • Mass air flow sensor
rich (bank 2)] H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
N
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. O
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-257 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524377

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?


YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0172 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0175 2 F5
4 77

Revision: August 2015 EC-258 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. A

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 Continuity EC
Ground
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0172 1 F65 C
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0175 2 F5
4 D

+ −
E
DTC ECM Continuity
Ground
Bank Connector Terminal
73 F
P0172 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81
P0175 2 G
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE I
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. L
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR O

With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-259 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB1986E

7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel that does not drip from fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. Refer
to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-260 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524378

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Rationally incorrect voltage from the
• Harness or connectors
sensor is sent to ECM, compared with
A) (FTT sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the voltage signals from ECT sensor
• FTT sensor D
and intake air temperature sensor.
FTT SENSOR The comparison result of signals trans-
[Fuel tank temperature (FTT) mitted to ECM from each temperature
P0181
sensor circuit range/perfor- sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, and • Harness or connectors E
mance] FTT sensor) shows that the voltage (High or low resistance in the FTT
B)
signal of the FTT sensor is higher/low- sensor circuit)
er than that of other temperature sen- • FTT sensor
sors when the engine is started with its F
cold state.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G
1.INSPECTION START
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-1 L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE N

With CONSULT
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
O
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-2
With CONSULT
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).

Revision: August 2015 EC-261 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MALFUNCTION B)
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-262, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the FTT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524379

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-262 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump EC
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7
C
Temperature [°C
4 5
(°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524380
E

1.INSPECTION START
F
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-261, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
G
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". I
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector and ground. K

+
Voltage L
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB0932E
NO >> GO TO 4. N
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
P
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
ECM Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E16 111 Existed

Revision: August 2015 EC-263 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FTT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and combination
meter harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
Combination meter Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR
Check the FTT sensor. Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524381

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal

Temperature 20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7


4 5
[°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-264 2016 NV NAM


P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524382

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0182 (Fuel tank temperature sen- • Harness or connectors
sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input) (The FTT sensor circuit is open or D
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0183 (Fuel tank temperature sen-
sent to ECM.
sor circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524383
K
1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". M
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector and ground. O

+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel

Voltage P
pump (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0932E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: August 2015 EC-265 2016 NV NAM


P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
ECM Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E16 111 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and combination
meter harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
Combination meter Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR
Check the FTT sensor. Refer to EC-266, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524384

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-266 2016 NV NAM


P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump EC
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7
C
Temperature
4 5
[°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-267 2016 NV NAM


P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524385

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-357, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit low input) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle position sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524386

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector terminals.

Electric throttle control actuator


Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F50 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-2
Revision: August 2015 EC-268 2016 NV NAM
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. A
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.

+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

N
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-269 2016 NV NAM


P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F54 22 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-270, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524387

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V

Revision: August 2015 EC-270 2016 NV NAM


P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-271 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524388

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain illumi-
nating.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP
sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinders misfire.
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(Multiple cylinder misfire detected) • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect fuel pressure
(No.1 cylinder misfire detected)
• The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
CYL 2 MISFIRE • Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires.
(No. 2 cylinder misfire detected) • Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
(No. 3 cylinder misfire detected)
• Signal plate
CYL 5 MISFIRE • A/F sensor 1
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfires.
(No. 5 cylinder misfire detected) • Incorrect PCV hose connection
CYL 6 MISFIRE
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfires.
(No. 6 cylinder misfire detected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Revision: August 2015 EC-272 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. E
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION: F
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
G
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
H

When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition I
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
J

Engine speed Time


Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes K
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
L
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524389

N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check the following.
• Connection condition of the ground F10 and F16 O
• Connection condition of the ground harness between the engine assembly and vehicle body (if equipped)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start the engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-273 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop the engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
4.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operation sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB1986E

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1


CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (#48) in IPDM E/R to release fuel pres-
sure.

1. Fuel pump fuse


2. IPDM E/R
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure
applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start the engine.
4. After the engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all
fuel pressure. ALBIA0738ZZ

5. Turn ignition switch OFF.


6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank the engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.

Revision: August 2015 EC-274 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal A
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank the engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
EC
portion.

Spark should be generated.


C
CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge D


voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE: E
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2 G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank the engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug H
and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated. I


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.

SEF156I
N
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank the engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug O
and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated. P


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal
and Installation".
10.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-22, "Compression Pressure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-275 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
11.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".

At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
13.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
For procedure, refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed" and EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the EC-142, "Work Procedure".
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
2 F5
4 77
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
2 F5
4

Revision: August 2015 EC-276 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
73
1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81 C
2
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location". G
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT H
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. I
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
J
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE K

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-452, "Symptom Table".


Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC M
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function". N
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function".

O
>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". P

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-277 2016 NV NAM


P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524390

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0327 (Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit
is sent to ECM.
low input)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0328 (Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
high input) (Knock sensor circuit is open or short-
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 ed.)
An excessively low voltage from the sensor • Knock sensor
P0332 (Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit
is sent to ECM.
low input)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0333 (Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit
is sent to ECM.
high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524391

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ground.

+
DTC Knock sensor − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 2
Ground Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F214 2
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-278 2016 NV NAM


P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.


2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

+ −
DTC Knock sensor ECM Continuity C
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 1 85
F77 Existed D
P0332, P0333 2 F214 1 86
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR F
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-105, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524392 H

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the
following. J
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
K
Knock sensor
+ − Resistance
L
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] JMBIA1630ZZ

CAUTION: M
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-105, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-279 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524393

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking. • Harness or connectors
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
P0335 [Crankshaft position position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM shorted.]
sensor (POS) circuit] while the engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal • Signal plate
is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
ning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524394

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor and ground.

+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F17 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0664E
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-280 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) IPDM E/R Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17 1 E119 4 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.

+ G
CKP sensor (POS) − Continuity
Connector Terminal
H
F17 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.


2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17 2 F77 89 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N

5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)


Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : P
Component Parts Location".
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".

Revision: August 2015 EC-281 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Look into the mounting hole (A) of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal
plate (1).

JSBIA1448ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-105, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524395

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-
20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".

JPBIA5390ZZ

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-2


Check the resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) ter-
minals as per the following.

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)


+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3 JPBIA5388ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".

Revision: August 2015 EC-282 2016 NV NAM


P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for [CMP sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or D
P0340
sor (PHASE) (bank 1) the first few seconds during engine cranking. shorted.]
circuit] • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM • CMP sensor (PHASE)
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 during engine running. • Camshaft (INT)
[Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal • Starter motor E
P0345 pattern during engine running. • Starting system circuit
sor (PHASE) (bank 2)
circuit] • Dead (Weak) battery

F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
M
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
N
YES >> Proceed to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524397 O

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position. P
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to EC-129, "Work Flow".)
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: August 2015 EC-283 2016 NV NAM
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 3
Ground Battery voltage
P0345 2 F76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 3
E119 4 Existed
P0345 2 F76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

+
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 1
Ground Existed
P0345 2 F76 1
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 2 94
F77 Existed
P0345 2 F76 2 93
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-284 2016 NV NAM


P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
C
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end D
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent E
Incident".
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft. F

SEC905C G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524398

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE)-1 H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. I
3. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace CMP sensor (PHASE).
K

PBIB0563E
M
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE)-2
Check the resistance CMP sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the fol-
lowing. N

CMP sensor (PHASE)


+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] O
Terminals (Polarity)
2
1 P
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3 JPBIA5388ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-78, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-285 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524399

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF484YB

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 [Catalyst system efficiency below • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not op-
threshold (bank 1)] • Intake air leaks
erate properly.
• Fuel injector
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
• Fuel injector leaks
P0430 [Catalyst system efficiency below have enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
threshold (bank 2)] • Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.

Revision: August 2015 EC-286 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT. A
11. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
EC
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
C
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It D
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
F
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

G
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Perform component function check. Refer to EC-287, "Component Function Check". J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524400

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood. O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following condition.

JPBIA5387ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-287 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0420 57 The voltage fluctua-
tion cycle takes
Keeping engine
more than 5 sec-
speed at 2,500
F77 59 onds.
P0430 58 rpm constant un-
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0
der no load
→ 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524401

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM


Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?


YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Ignition Timing"
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-142, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-1
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-428, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-288 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1
CAUTION:
EC
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (#48) in IPDM E/R to release fuel pres-
sure. C

1. Fuel pump fuse


2. IPDM E/R D
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure
applies again during the following procedure. E
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. ALBIA0738ZZ

5. Turn ignition switch OFF. F


6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. G
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. H
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. I

Spark should be generated.


CAUTION: J
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge K


voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- L
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. M
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2 N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion. O

Spark should be generated.


P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Revision: August 2015 EC-289 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-16,
"Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type.
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3


1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal
and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the trouble fixed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Cat-
alyst)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-290 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524402

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC. C
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. D
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
E

PBIB1026E
J

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
K
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit L
• Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate proper-
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON nection of rubber tube
ly, EVAP control system has a leak between in-
P0441 (EVAP control system incor- • Blocked rubber tube
rect purge flow)
take manifold and EVAP control system
• Cracked EVAP canister
M
pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor N
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O


1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
P
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.

Revision: August 2015 EC-291 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)

Selector lever Suitable position


VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.25 - 9.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-292, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow
monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524403

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Without CONSULT
Revision: August 2015 EC-292 2016 NV NAM
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

C
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal D
E16 102 112
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. E

Air conditioner switch ON


Headlamp switch ON F
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
G
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 8) for at least 1 second. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524404

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT M
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve (1) at EVAP service port (2).
2. Start engine and let it idle. N
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum existence. O

PURG VOL C/V Vacuum


P
100% Existed
ALBIA0739ZZ
0% Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Revision: August 2015 EC-293 2016 NV NAM
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve (1) at EVAP service port (2) and
install vacuum gauge.
4. Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after
starting engine.

Vacuum should not exist.


6. Revving engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds passed after
starting engine. ALBIA0739ZZ

Vacuum should exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair it.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.

SEF367U

3. Check that air flows freely.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.

SEF368U

6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Check that
engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Revision: August 2015 EC-294 2016 NV NAM
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC
Refer to EC-299, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. D
2. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist. E


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation". F
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-315, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-318, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation". H
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
J
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation". L
12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. M
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. N
NO >> Replace it.
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. O

>> GO TO 14.
P
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-295 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524405

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
The canister purge flow is detected during • EVAP control system pressure sensor
the vehicle is stopped while the engine is • EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
PURG VOLUME CONT/ A running, even when EVAP canister purge noid valve
V volume control solenoid valve is completely (The valve is stuck open.)
P0443 (EVAP canister purge closed. • EVAP canister vent control valve
volume control solenoid The canister purge flow is detected during • EVAP canister
valve) the specified driving conditions, even when • Hoses
B (Hoses are connected incorrectly or
EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve is completely closed. clogged.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE when the fuel is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
Do you have CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
4. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-296 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT? A
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A EC

With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+ D
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E16 111 Ground 3.1 - 4.2 V E
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
G
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524406

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
M
+
EVAP canister purge volume Voltage

control solenoid valve (Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
F15 2 Ground Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-297 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 F54 42 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Check that
engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: August 2015 EC-298 2016 NV NAM
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-299, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING EC

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.


2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. D
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER F

1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure
sensor attached. G
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 11. H
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
I

J
JSBIA0692ZZ

11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER


Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor K
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

Check the following.


• EVAP canister for damage
N
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524407

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE P


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Start engine.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 EC-299 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the follow-
ing conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity


(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following
conditions.

Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B)
12V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-300 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524408
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name C


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or D
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
open)
lenoid valve
E
PURG VOLUME CONT/V • Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted) lenoid valve F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524409

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
O
+
EVAP canister purge volume Voltage
− P
control solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F15 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-301 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 F54 42 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524410

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-302 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. A
4. Start engine.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
EC
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the follow-
ing conditions.
C
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed D
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E
E

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following
conditions. G

Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B) H
12V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". J

Revision: August 2015 EC-303 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524411

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
VENT CONTROL VALVE
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (EVAP canister vent control valve cir-
P0447 (EVAP canister vent control valve
through EVAP canister vent control valve. cuit is open or shorted.)
circuit open)
• EVAP canister vent control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524412

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-304 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve
harness connector and ground. A

+
Voltage EC
EVAP canister vent control valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C6 1 Ground Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB0152E
NO >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.
F
+ −
EVAP canister vent control
IPDM E/R Continuity
valve G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C6 1 E119 3 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. K

+ −
EVAP canister vent control L
ECM Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
C6 2 E16 106 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING O
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-305 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation"
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524413

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
15, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.

JMBIA0168ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-2


With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per JMBIA0169ZZ

the following conditions.


Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)


12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-3
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.

Revision: August 2015 EC-306 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly. A

Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed EC
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per D


the following conditions.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2 F
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-307 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524414

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit
P0448 (EVAP canister vent control
closed under specified driving conditions. • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve close)
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
4. Repeat next procedures five times.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes.
Do not exceed 2 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
5. Repeat next procedure 27 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to
30 seconds.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.

JMBIA1516GB

6. Check 1st trip DTC.


Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-308, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524415

1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.

Revision: August 2015 EC-308 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC
Check the EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-310, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure D
sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from EVAP canister? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
F

JSBIA0692ZZ

4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER H

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
I
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
L
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
M
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist. N

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-309 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524416

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
15, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.

JMBIA0168ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-2


With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per JMBIA0169ZZ

the following conditions.


Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)


12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-3
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.

Revision: August 2015 EC-310 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly. A

Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed EC
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per D


the following conditions.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2 F
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-311 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524417

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0451
pressure sensor perfor- control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
mance) • EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524418

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check sensor harness connector for water.

Water should not exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-312 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor harness connector and ground. A

+
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage EC

sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
C

Is the inspection result normal?


PBIB0138E
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. F

+ −
EVAP control system pres- G
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 E16 107 Existed H

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- K
ness connector.

+ − L
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. P

+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 E16 102 Existed

Revision: August 2015 EC-313 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524419

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM Condition
[Applied vacuum Voltage
+ –
Connector 2 (Approx.)
Terminal kPa (kg/cm , psi)]

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V


E16 102 112 2.1 to 2.5 V lower
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
than above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-314 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524420

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0452 E
pressure sensor low in- sent to ECM. circuit is open or shorted.)
put) • EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” indication is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. L
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. M

ECM
Voltage N
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 111 128 Less than 4.2 V O
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. P
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-316, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-315 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524421

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check sensor harness connector for water.

Water should not exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage

sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 E16 107 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.

Revision: August 2015 EC-316 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
C
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 E16 102 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-317, "Component Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation". H
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524422

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one. J
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the
following conditions. K

ECM Condition
[Applied vacuum Voltage L
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V


M
E16 102 112 2.1 to 2.5 V lower
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
than above value
CAUTION: N
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation". P

Revision: August 2015 EC-317 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524423

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0453 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system An excessively high voltage from the sensor (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0453
pressure sensor high in- is sent to ECM. circuit is shorted.)
put) • EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” indication is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 111 128 Less than 4.2 V
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-318 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524424

A
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. EC
3. Check sensor harness connector for water.

Water should not exist. C


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. D

2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+ F
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage

sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- J
ness connector.

+ − K
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
C4 3 E16 107 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
N
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
P
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.

Revision: August 2015 EC-319 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 E16 102 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-321, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure
sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".

JSBIA0692ZZ

10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER


Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).

Revision: August 2015 EC-320 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
C

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524425 D

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. F
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the
following conditions.
G
ECM Condition
[Applied vacuum Voltage
+ –
Connector 2 (Approx.)
Terminal kPa (kg/cm , psi)] H
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
E16 102 112 2.1 to 2.5 V lower
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) I
than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
J
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-321 2016 NV NAM


P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000012524426

This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

PBIB3640E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak such • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system
as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system leaks
0455 gross leak detected
does not operate properly. • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000012524427

CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 EC-322 2016 NV NAM


P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve prop-
erly. A
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before con-
ducting the next step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full and vehicle is placed C
on flat level surface.
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT D
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check that the following conditions are met. F
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
6. Select “EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
G
with CONSULT.
Follow the instructions displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT screen, go to EC- H
129, "Work Flow".
7. Check that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and check that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” I
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
NOTE: J
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-149, "SRT Set Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". K
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
L
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
• If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524428

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN N


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
P

SEF915U

2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION


Revision: August 2015 EC-323 2016 NV NAM
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to FL-13, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
8.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.

SEF916U

Revision: August 2015 EC-324 2016 NV NAM


P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
With CONSULT>>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 10. A
9.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph. C
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. D

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. E
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description".
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G

SEF200U

10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK H

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Refer to EC-30, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve".
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 J
psi), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. K
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak L
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description". M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace. N

SEF200U
O
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT P
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

Revision: August 2015 EC-325 2016 NV NAM


P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NG >> GO TO 13.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.

Vacuum should exist.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description".
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT)>>GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
17.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-317, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.

Revision: August 2015 EC-326 2016 NV NAM


P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE A


Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE C
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)".
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
21.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END F

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524429

G
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
H

SEF445Y

K
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - L


2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi) M
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
N
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor- SEF943S
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate.

Revision: August 2015 EC-327 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524430

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve, using the negative pressure caused by decrease of fuel temperature in the fuel tank after turning
ignition switch OFF.
If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.

PBIB1026E

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
• EVAP system has a very small
EVAP VERY SML LEAK • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
leak.
P0456 (Evaporative emission control • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
• EVAP system does not oper-
system leak) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
ate properly.
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Revision: August 2015 EC-328 2016 NV NAM
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

1.PRECONDITIONING A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Do you have CONSULT?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT. E
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using G
CONSULT.
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT? H
CMPLT >> GO TO 3.
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
With GST
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. L
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524431

O
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-329 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.

SEF915U

2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION


Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten
until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Refer to EC-459, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and
Installation".
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER

Revision: August 2015 EC-330 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control
valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. A
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 10.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 11.
C

JSBIA0692ZZ

8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D

Weigh the EVAP canister assembly with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 10.
F
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION I

With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port (2)
and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) from J
EVAP service port.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of K
“ENGINE”.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V”
opening to 100%. L
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.

Vacuum should exist.


M
ALBIA0739ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
N
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
2. Stop engine.

Revision: August 2015 EC-331 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port (2)
and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) from
EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.

Vacuum should exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. ALBIA0739ZZ

12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE


Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-299, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Revision: August 2015 EC-332 2016 NV NAM
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler tube. EC
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Check the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor
C
cut valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. D
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Check the fuel level sensor. Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation". F

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524432

1.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove fuel filler cap. H
3. Wipe clean valve housing.

K
SEF445Y

4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. L

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -


2.90 psi) M
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF943S O
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP
Replace fuel filler cap.
CAUTION: P
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
illuminate.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-333 2016 NV NAM


P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524433

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal be- shorted)
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460 ing varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to • Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor circuit
ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
noise)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524434

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION


Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Refer to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".

Revision: August 2015 EC-334 2016 NV NAM


P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524435

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven. D

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or F
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR shorted)
not change within the specified range even
P0461 (Fuel level sensor circuit • Harness or connectors
though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
range/performance) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
• Combination meter G
• Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


H

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Perform component function check. Refer to EC-335, "Component Function Check". I
Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524436
K

1.PRECONDITIONING
L
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"General Precaution".
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Do you have CONSULT?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/ P
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
Revision: August 2015 EC-335 2016 NV NAM
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524437

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION


Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Refer to MWI-54, "Component Function Check"

Revision: August 2015 EC-336 2016 NV NAM


P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524438

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX. C
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607.Refer to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
FUEL LEVEL SEN/
E
CIRC An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0462 (The CAN communication line is open or
(Fuel level sensor circuit sent to ECM.
low input) shorted)
• Harness or connectors F
FUEL LEVEL SEN/ (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
CIRC An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Combination meter
P0463
(Fuel level sensor circuit sent to ECM. • Fuel level sensor
high input) G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING H

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to EC-337, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524439 N

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION


Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Refer to MWI-54, "Component Function Check" P

Revision: August 2015 EC-337 2016 NV NAM


P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000012524440

ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524441

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
354, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connector
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol-
(CAN communication line is open or
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
shorted.)
more: The difference between a vehicle
• Combination meter
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC speed calculated by a output speed sensor
P0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(Vehicle speed sensor) transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN com-
unit)
munication and the vehicle speed indicated
• Wheel sensor
on the combination meter exceeds 15km/h
• TCM
(10 MPH).
• Output speed sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524442

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-48, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: August 2015 EC-338 2016 NV NAM
P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) A

Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER C
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-22, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR E
Check output speed sensor. Refer to TM-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
G
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-339 2016 NV NAM


P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000012524443

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524444

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak
RPM lower than expected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-139, "Description", before conducting DTC
Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-340, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524445

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK


1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
Revision: August 2015 EC-340 2016 NV NAM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation". A

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-341 2016 NV NAM


P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000012524446

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524447

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle speed control system • Intake air leak
speed by 200 rpm or more.
RPM higher than expected) • PCV system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-139, "Description", before conducting DTC
Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524448

1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION


Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: August 2015 EC-342 2016 NV NAM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK A

1. Start engine and let it idle.


2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
EC
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
C

Revision: August 2015 EC-343 2016 NV NAM


P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000012524449

ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524450

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P050A or P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
COLD START CONTROL
ECM does not control engine idle speed properly when engine
P050A (Cold start idle air control
is started with pre-warming up condition. • Lack of intake air volume
system performance)
• Fuel injection system
COLD START CONTROL The temperature of the catalyst inlet does not rise to the proper • ECM
P050E (Cold start engine exhaust temperature when the engine is started with pre-warming up
temperature too low) condition.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 15°C (59°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 [If it is below 15°C (59°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 15°C
(59°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 15°C (59°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-344 2016 NV NAM


P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-345, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524451

1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING EC

Perform EC-139, "Description".


Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM D
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging E
• Clogging of throttle body
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
G
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-344, "DTC Logic". J
Is the 1st trip DTC P050A or P050E displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Revision: August 2015 EC-345 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524452

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
PW ST P SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage from the
P0550 (Power steering pres- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor is sent to ECM.
sure sensor circuit) • Power steering pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-346, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524453

1.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F46 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-346 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F46 1 F77 79 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

+ −
F
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 3 F77 72 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − J
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
F46 2 F77 65 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR M
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace PSP sensor. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524454

1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR P


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-347 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5 V
F77 65 72 Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8 V
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5394ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location".

Revision: August 2015 EC-348 2016 NV NAM


P0603 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0603 ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524455

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory func- EC
tion of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning
value memory, etc.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524456 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM BACK UP CIRCUIT • Malfunction in the internal back up RAM of E
[Internal control module ECM. • ECM power supply
P0603
keep alive memory (KAM) • Malfunction in the internal EEP-ROM sys- • ECM
error] tem of ECM.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times. J
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-349, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524457
L

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


M
Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-349, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: August 2015 EC-349 2016 NV NAM
P0603 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-350 2016 NV NAM


P0604 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0604 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524458

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECM
[Internal control module
P0604 Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM. ECM
random access memory D
(RAM) error]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION: I
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524459

L
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-351, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-351 2016 NV NAM


P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524460

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM
[Internal control module
P0605 Malfunction in the internal ROM of ECM. ECM
read only memory (ROM)
error]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524461

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-352 2016 NV NAM


P0606 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0606 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524462

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROL MODULE
P0606 Malfunction in ECM processor. ECM
(Control module processor)
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds. H
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal. L
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. M
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524463

O
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. P
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-353, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-353 2016 NV NAM


P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0607 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524464

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM ECM internal communication system is mal-
P0607 ECM
(CAN communication bus) functioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-354, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524465

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-354 2016 NV NAM


P060A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P060A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524466

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROL MODULE
(Internal control module ECM internal monitoring processor is malfunction-
P060A ECM
monitoring processor per- ing. D
formance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524467

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-355, "DTC Logic". M
Is the 1st trip DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Revision: August 2015 EC-355 2016 NV NAM


P060B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P060B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524468

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CONTROL MODULE
ECM internal analog/digital conversion processing
P060B (Internal control module A/ ECM
system is malfunctioning.
D processing performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-356, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524469

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-356, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-356 2016 NV NAM


P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524470

ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY C
Sensor Power Supply 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor D
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE: E
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor Power Supply 2
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) F
• Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524471

G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name H


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors I
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
SENSOR POWER/
ECM detects that the voltage (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
CIRC J
P0643 of power source for sensor is (EVAP control pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Sensor power supply
excessively low or high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
circuit short)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
K

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING L

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-357 2016 NV NAM


P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524472

1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
99
E16
107
Ground 5V
79
F77
96
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
99 APP sensor E20 2
E16
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor C4 3
79 PSP sensor F46 1
F77
96 Refrigerant pressure sensor E48 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refer to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Power steering pressure sensor
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

Revision: August 2015 EC-358 2016 NV NAM


P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524473

When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524474

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name D


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of the park/neutral position
[Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is E
P0850 (Park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during
open or shorted.]
switch) driving after the engine is started.
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? G
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
I
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure". O

4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

Revision: August 2015 EC-359 2016 NV NAM


P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ENG SPEED 1,400 - 6,375 rpm


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-360, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524475

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
Connec- + – Condition
(Approx.)
tor Terminal
P or N Battery voltage
E16 118 128 Selector lever
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524476

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Refer to TM-37, "Introduction".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-16, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COM-
MON ITEM)".
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: August 2015 EC-360 2016 NV NAM
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
A/T assembly ECM Continuity
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F9 9 E16 118 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D

Revision: August 2015 EC-361 2016 NV NAM


P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524477

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1.
When the DTC is detected, perform the trouble diagnosis of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
CLOSED LOOP-B1 The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148 [Closed loop control does not operate even when vehicle is being • Harness or connectors
function (bank 1)] driven in the specified condition. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
CLOSED LOOP-B2 The closed loop control function for bank 2 • A/F sensor 1
P1168 [Closed loop control does not operate even when vehicle is being • A/F sensor 1 heater
function (bank 2)] driven in the specified condition.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524478

DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1.


When the DTC is detected, perform the trouble diagnosis of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1. Refer to EC-
94, "DTC Index".

Revision: August 2015 EC-362 2016 NV NAM


P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524479

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524480

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D


Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• ABS actuator and electric unit
TCS/CIRC ECM receives malfunction information from
P1211 (control unit)
(TCS communication line) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. F
• TCS related parts

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure" L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524481

M
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".

Revision: August 2015 EC-363 2016 NV NAM


P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000012524482

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524483

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
TCS/CIRC ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212 (TCS communication “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
line) unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-364, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524484

Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".

Revision: August 2015 EC-364 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524485

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is D
indicated.

Trouble diagnosis name E


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors F
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
(Overheat). • IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Cooling fan control module
ENG OVER TEMP
properly (Overheat). • Cooling fan motor G
P1217 [Engine over tempera-
• Engine coolant was not added to the • Radiator hose
ture (Overheat)]
system using the proper filling method. • Radiator
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Radiator cap
range. • Water pump H
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Cool- I
ant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-9, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Engine Coolant J
Recommendation" (For USA and Canada), MA-19, "FOR MEXICO : Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio"
(For Mexico).
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
L
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-365, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524486

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1 O

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- P
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Revision: August 2015 EC-365 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2


Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Proceed to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524487

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-424, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-11, "System Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-11, "System Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-17, "Checking Radiator".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-24, "Removal and Installation".)

Revision: August 2015 EC-366 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP A

Check radiator cap.


Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT C
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-30, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-30, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. F
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
G
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page


H
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper I
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-17, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Engine Coolant
Recommendation"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-11, "System Inspec- J
reservoir tank and radiator tion"
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 107 kPa — K
(1.1 kg/cm2, 16 psi) (Limit)

ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-11, "System Inspec-


tion" L
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-30, "Removal and In-
lower radiator hoses stallation"

ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT Operating EC-424, "Component M


Function Check"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
N
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —
gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-11, "System Inspec- O
ervoir tank and idling tion"

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-11, "System Inspec-
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank tion"
P
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-91, "Removal and In-
gauge mum distortion (warping) stallation"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-115, "Inspection After
tons walls or piston Disassembly"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.

Revision: August 2015 EC-367 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-368 2016 NV NAM


P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524488

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 (Closed throttle position learning per-
is excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
formance) D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524489 K

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
25, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
O

JSBIA2864ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-369 2016 NV NAM


P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524490

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position
successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524491

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-138, "Description".

JSBIA2864ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-370 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524492

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-352, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD SW (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564
(ASCD steering switch)
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
• ASCD steering switch E
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524493
M
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT N
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions. O

Monitor item Condition Indication


P
Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch
SW Released OFF

Revision: August 2015 EC-371 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ - Voltage
Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
E16 101 E16 108
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches:
4V
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect spiral cable harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between spiral cable harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Spiral cable ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 32 E16 108 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.

+ −
Spiral cable ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 25 E16 101 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-372 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-10, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524494
EC
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Disconnect spiral cable harness connector. C
2. Check the resistance between spiral cable harness connector
terminals as per the following conditions.
D
Spiral cable
Resistance
Connec- + − Condition
(Approx.)
tor Terminals E
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
F
COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M30 25 32 JPBIA5398ZZ

ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω


All ASCD steering switches: Re- G
4,000 Ω
leased
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-10, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-373 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000012524495

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524496

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 (ASCD brake • Stop lamp switch
switch) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-374 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) A


Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. C
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION: D
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. E
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) F


Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
Driving location seconds so as not to come off from the G
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524497

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-1 J


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
K
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


L
Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON

Without CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
N
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
O
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E16 126 128 Brake pedal pressed
P
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2
With CONSULT

Revision: August 2015 EC-375 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF

Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E16 126 128 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.

+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E16 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-376 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
EC

+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
E
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E16 122 Existed
H
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
J
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-378, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
K
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524498

L
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.
N
ASCD brake switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals O
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
pressed
Not existed P
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-2
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: August 2015 EC-377 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012524499

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-378 2016 NV NAM


P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524500

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination EC
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD func-
tions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524501

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D


NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
E
to EC-338, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
G
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors H
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
The difference between the two vehicle speed • Combination meter
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed
signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I
sensor)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). N
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 38 km/h (24 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC. P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-379 2016 NV NAM


P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524502

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-39, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-32, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.

Revision: August 2015 EC-380 2016 NV NAM


P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524503

ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524504

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-280, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
E
to EC-283, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name G


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors H
Input speed sensor signal is different from
IN PULY SPEED (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
the theoretical value calculated by ECM
P1715 [Input speed sensor • Harness or connectors
from output speed sensor signal and en-
(TCM output)] (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
gine rpm signal.
• TCM I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. M
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Proceed to EC-381, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524505

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM P


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-48, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-171, "Exploded View".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

Revision: August 2015 EC-381 2016 NV NAM


P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524506

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
VIAS S/V-1 An excessively low or high voltage signal
(VIAS control solenoid valve circuit is
P1800 (VIAS control solenoid valve cir- is sent to ECM through the VIAS control
open or shorted.)
cuit) solenoid valve.
• VIAS control solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-382, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524507

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0569E

4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector and ground

+
Voltage
VIAS control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-382 2016 NV NAM


P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and VIAS control solenoid valve harness con-
nector.
C
+ −
ECM VIAS control solenoid valve Continuity
D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 39 F75 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-383, "Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve)". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". H
Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524508

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per
the following conditions. K

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity


VIAS SOL VALVE
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C) L
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
M
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JMBIA0180ZZ

N
Without CONSULT
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per the fol-
lowing conditions. O

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C) P
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB2532E

YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-383 2016 NV NAM


P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-384 2016 NV NAM


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524509

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
Stop lamp switch signal is not sent to ECM for
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short- D
P1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is being
(Stop lamp switch) ed.)
driven.
• Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? G
YES >> Proceed to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524510

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
J
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
K

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. M
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

+ N
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-385 2016 NV NAM


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E16 122 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012524511

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-386 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524512

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not it will
shift to LEAN side or RICH side.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 The output voltage computed by ECM from the • A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
D
P2096 (Post catalyst fuel trim system A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for • A/F sensor 1 heater
too lean bank 1) a specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 The output voltage computed by ECM from the • Fuel injector E
P2097 (Post catalyst fuel trim system A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for • Intake air leaks
too rich bank 1) a specified period. • Exhaust gas leaks
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 The output voltage computed by ECM from the • A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
P2098 (Post catalyst fuel trim system A/F sensor 2 signal is shifts to the lean side for • A/F sensor 1 heater F
too lean bank 2) a specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 The output voltage computed by ECM from the • Fuel injector
P2099 (Post catalyst fuel trim system A/F sensor 2 signal is shifts to the rich side for G
• Intake air leaks
too rich bank 2) a specified period. • Exhaust gas leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. N
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-387, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524513

P
1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.

Water should not exit.

Revision: August 2015 EC-387 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 AND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2.
Is exhaust gas detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Reconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Start engine and run it at idle.
3. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic"
or EC-257, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096
1 F65 1
P2097
Ground Battery voltage
P2098
2 F5 1
P2099
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-388 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P2096
1 F65 1
P2097
E119 8 Existed
P2098 C
2 F5 1
P2099
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − G
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
P2096 3 73
1 F65
P2097 4 69
F77 Existed
P2098 3 81 I
2 F5
P2099 4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. J

+
K
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096 3 L
1 F65
P2097 4
Ground Not existed
P2098 3
2 F5 M
P2099 4

+
N
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096 73 O
1
P2097 69
F77 Ground Not existed
P2098 81
2 P
P2099 77
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: August 2015 EC-389 2016 NV NAM
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-229, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace.
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
Is “0.000” displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> INSPECTION END
15.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-390 2016 NV NAM


P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524514

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is D
P2100 (Throttle control motor
throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
relay circuit open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
E
P2103 (Throttle control motor
stuck ON. shorted)
relay circuit short)
• Throttle control motor relay
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
I
Which DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N
YES >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524515 O

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F54 34 128 Battery voltage

Revision: August 2015 EC-391 2016 NV NAM


P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 34 E122 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch:
0V
OFF
F54 1 E16 128
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-392 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524516

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer
to EC-391, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer
to EC-398, "DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
E
Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
operate properly.
performance) • Electric throttle control actuator
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524517
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
N
the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
O
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: P
0V
OFF
F54 1 E16 128
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-393 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 34 E122 47 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed
F50 F54
5 Existed
6
2 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-394 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
C

JSBIA2864ZZ

6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR D

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524518
F

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator
terminals as per the following. H

Electric throttle control actuator


+ −
Resistance I
(Approx.)
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2606E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM- K
25, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-395 2016 NV NAM


P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524519

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT-B1
ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118 (Throttle control motor
ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
circuit short)
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-396, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524520

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed
F50 F54
5 Existed
6
2 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-396 2016 NV NAM


P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A


Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". EC
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524521
C
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator
terminals as per the following.
E
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance
+ −
(Approx.) F
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2606E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
25, "Removal and Installation". H

Revision: August 2015 EC-397 2016 NV NAM


P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524522

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
B
actuator) not in specified range.
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524523

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

Revision: August 2015 EC-398 2016 NV NAM


P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
25, "Removal and Installation". EC
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
C

JSBIA2864ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-399 2016 NV NAM


P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-357, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2122 (Accelerator pedal position • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
sensor 1 circuit low input) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP (APP sensor 1)
P2123 (Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
sensor 1 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524525

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-400 2016 NV NAM
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − EC
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E20 2 E16 99 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
G

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal


E20 4 E16 100 Existed H
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − K
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 3 E16 97 Existed
L

2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.


Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR N
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524526
P

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

Revision: August 2015 EC-401 2016 NV NAM


P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM

Con- + – Condition Voltage (V)


nector Terminal
Fully re-
0.65 - 0.87
leased
97 100
Fully de-
More than 4.3
Accelera- pressed
E16
tor pedal Fully re-
0.28 - 0.48
leased
98 116
Fully de-
More than 2.0
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-402 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524527

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
APP SEN 2/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the
P2127 (Accelerator pedal position (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit low input) (TP sensor circuit shorted.) D
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor
APP SEN 2/CIRC 2)
An excessively high voltage from the
P2128 (Accelerator pedal position • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1
APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit high input) and 2) E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524528

L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector terminals.
N
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal O
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-403 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E16 103 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E16 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-404 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 C
Ground Existed
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
G
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 6 E16 98 Existed H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
8.CHECK APP SENSOR J
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524529
L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
N
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage (V) O
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.65 - 0.87 P
leased
97 100
Fully de-
More than 4.3
Accelera- pressed
E16 E16
tor pedal Fully re-
0.28 - 0.48
leased
98 116
Fully de-
More than 2.0
pressed

Revision: August 2015 EC-405 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-406 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524530

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
TP SENSOR-B1 • Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 E
circuit range/perfor- • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
mance) (TP sensor 1 or 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-407, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524531
L

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector terminals.
N

Electric throttle control actuator


Voltage
+ − O
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F50 2 4 5V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-407 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-408 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 C
Ground Existed
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.

+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 22
F50 F54 Existed
3 23 I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-409, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524532
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position. O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.

Revision: August 2015 EC-409 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-410 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524533

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-357, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
APP SENSOR shorted.) E
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Accelerator pedal posi- (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138 compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
tion sensor circuit range/ • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP
and APP sensor 2.
performance) sensor 1 or 2)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP F
sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. K
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC-411, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524534
M

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector terminals.
O

APP sensor
Voltage
+ − P
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-411 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-2


Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 2 E16 99 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-412 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E20 1 E16 103 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT D

Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E16 100 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E16 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
10.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground. P

Revision: August 2015 EC-413 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 97
E20 E16 Existed
6 98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
12.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524535

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

Revision: August 2015 EC-414 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

ECM A
+ –
Condition Voltage (V)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal EC
Fully re-
0.65 - 0.87
leased
97 100 C
Fully de-
More than 4.3
Accelera- pressed
E16 E16
tor pedal Fully re-
0.28 - 0.48 D
leased
98 116
Fully de-
More than 2.0
pressed
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
F

Revision: August 2015 EC-415 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524536

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P219A or P219B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other
DTC. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B1 • Fuel injector
P219A
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 1) • Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor
• Intake air leaks
• Lack of fuel
ECM detects a lean/rich air fuel ratio state in any • Incorrect PCV hose connection
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B2 cylinder for a specified length of time. • Improper spark plug
P219B • Insufficient compression
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 2)
• The fuel injector circuit is open
or shorted
• ignition coil
• The ignition signal circuit is
open or shorted

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING-1
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 75°C (167°F).

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1” and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Revision: August 2015 EC-416 2016 NV NAM
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
ENG SPEED 1,400 – 2,400 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 75°C (167°F)
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 11 – 16 msec
Selector lever D position
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1 PRSENT C
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing. D

3. Check “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” indication.


Is “CMPLT” displayed? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3 F
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
G
YES >> Proceed to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-4 H
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. I
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
J
Engine speed 1,400 – 2,400 rpm
Calculated load value 47 – 92 %
Selector lever D position K
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing. L
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524537
N
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Stop engine and check the following for connection.
O
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- PCV hose
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold P
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
Revision: August 2015 EC-417 2016 NV NAM
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents connection.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1922E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 using GST.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
429, "Component Inspection".

PBIB3332E

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-2


CAUTION:

Revision: August 2015 EC-418 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
EC
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. C

• Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.


• Fuel must not drip from the tip of fuel injector. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and E
Installation".

PBIA9666J F
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1
CAUTION: G
Perform the following steps in a well-ventilated area with no combustibles.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse from IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: H
CONSULT must not be used to release fuel pressure. It develops again during the following steps,
if released by using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine. I
4. After an engine stall, crank the engine two or three times to release all the fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect all the harness connectors of ignition coil to prevent electric discharge from occurring in igni-
tion coil. J
7. Remove ignition coil assembly and spark plug of cylinder. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. K
10. Allow a 13-17mm (0.52-0.66 in) spacing between spark plug and
grounded metal portion as shown in the figure to fix the ignition
coil with a rope or an equivalent.
11. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds to see if sparking L
occurs between spark plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated. M


CAUTION:
• The discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or higher. There-
fore, always stay away from the spark plug and ignition N
coil at least 50 cm (19.7 in) during the inspection. JMBIA0066GB

• Leaving a space of more than 17mm (0.66 in) may damage


the ignition coil. O
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-22, "Compression Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-419 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection
(Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
11.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-40,
"Removal and Installation".
2. GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Standard and Limit".

SEF156I

12.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3


1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Standard
and Limit".

Revision: August 2015 EC-420 2016 NV NAM


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524538

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION EC


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D


Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Brake pedal 0V
E16 126 128 pressed H
Brake pedal Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524539 J

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness con- L
nector and ground.

+ M
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB0857E
O
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-421 2016 NV NAM


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E16 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524540

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-2
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-422 2016 NV NAM


ASCD INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524541

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION EC


Check ASCD indicator as per the following conditions.

ASCD indicator Condition Specification C


MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON D
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 38 km/h (24 MPH) and ASCD: Not operating OFF
144 km/h (89 MPH)
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524542

1.CHECK DTC G
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER I
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation". L
NO >> Repair or replace.

Revision: August 2015 EC-423 2016 NV NAM


COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524543

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-424, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524545

1.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

+
IPDM E/R − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E122 38
Ground Existed
E124 59
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.

− +
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
20 1
E120 E113 Existed
24 3
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-424 2016 NV NAM


COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
2
E113 Ground Existed
4
2. Also check harness for short to ground. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-425, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". E

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Replace cooling motor. Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation (Motor driven type)". F
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000012524546

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location". H
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
I
Cooling fan motor terminals
+ − Cooling fan speed
J
Terminal
1
Low
3 2 and 4 K
1 and 3 High JPBIA5406ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation (Motor driven type)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-425 2016 NV NAM


ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000012524548

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via
the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524549

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


ON at 2nd posi-
ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch tion
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

HEATER FAN ON ON
Heater fan control switch
SW OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524550

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-426, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.

Revision: August 2015 EC-426 2016 NV NAM


ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM A


Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END EC


3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-88, "Work Flow".
C

>> INSPECTION END


4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM D
Refer to HAC-159, "Workflow".

E
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-427 2016 NV NAM


FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524551

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB1986E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524552

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F212 1
2 F18 1
3 F211 1
Ground Battery voltage
4 F20 1
5 F210 1
6 F22 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-428 2016 NV NAM


FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
1 F212 2 33
2 F18 2 44
3 F211 2 48 C
F54 Existed
4 F20 2 47
5 F210 2 46
D
6 F22 2 45
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR F
Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524553
J

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the fol-
lowing. L

Fuel injector
M
+ − Resistance
Terminals
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB1727E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-45, O
"Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-429 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
FUEL PUMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524554

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed


hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-430, "Diagnosis Procedure".

BBIA0563E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524555

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 43 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E122 46 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 E C - 4 3 0 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
Fuel level sensor unit and
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal EC
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
C5 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
D
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 48) from IPDM E/R. E
3. Check 15 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Replace fuse.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
G
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.
H
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
IPDM E/R Continuity I
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 13 C5 1 Existed
J
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
M
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
− Continuity
pump
N
Connector Terminal
C5 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-432, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-431 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524556

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals as follows.

Fuel pump
+ − Resistance
Terminals
1 3 0.2 - 5.0 [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC918C
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to
FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-432 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524557

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. E
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
F

ECM
+ – G
Voltage signal
Connec- Connec-
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
9 H
10
11
F54 E16 128 I
13
14
15 JMBIA0035GB J
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524558

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1 M


1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
N
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal O
E16 121 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser-1 harness connector and ground.
Revision: August 2015 EC-433 2016 NV NAM
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+
Condenser-1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser-1 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 3 F21 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.

+
Condenser-1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Refer to EC-437, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser-1.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-434 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ A
Ignition coil − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
1 F207 3
2 F6 3
3 F208 3 C
Ground Battery voltage
4 F7 3
5 F209 3
D
6 F8 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

+ G
Ignition coil − Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal H
1 F207 2
2 F6 2
3 F208 2 I
Ground Existed
4 F7 2
5 F209 2
J
6 F8 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.


2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M

+ −
Ignition coil ECM Continuity N
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F207 1 11
2 F6 1 10 O
3 F208 1 9
F54 Existed
4 F7 1 15
P
5 F209 1 14
6 F8 1 13
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-435 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR


Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012524559

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the fol-
lowing.

Ignition coil with power transistor


+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3 PBIB0847E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse (#48) in IPDM E/R to release fuel pres-
sure.

1. Fuel pump fuse


2. IPDM E/R
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure
applies again during the following procedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. ALBIA0738ZZ

6. Turn ignition switch OFF.


7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. Refer
to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.

Revision: August 2015 EC-436 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal A
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
EC
portion.

Spark should be generated.


C
CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge D


voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE: E
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
G
Component Inspection (Condenser-1) INFOID:0000000012524560

1.CHECK CONDENSER-1 H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the fol- I
lowing.

Condenser-1 J
+ − Resistance
Terminal
K
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB0794E L
NO >> Replace condenser.

Revision: August 2015 EC-437 2016 NV NAM


MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524561

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL lights up.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524562

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.

Revision: August 2015 EC-438 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524563

1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION EC


Check whether the following symptoms are present.
• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. C
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> Proceed to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524564

1.INSPECTION START E

Check whether the following symptoms are present.


A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
F
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Which symptom is present?
A >> GO TO 2. G
B >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor H
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. I
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1). K

2 : EVAP canister vent control valve


Does water drain from the EVAP canister? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
M

JSBIA0692ZZ
N

4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER


Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". O

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DRAIN FILTER P

Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (Drain filter)".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace drain filter. Refer to FL-16, "Removal and Installation".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: August 2015 EC-439 2016 NV NAM
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-16, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).

2 : EVAP canister vent control valve


Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13.

JSBIA0692ZZ

10.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER


Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (Drain filter)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace drain filter. Refer to FL-16, "Removal and Installation".
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.


13.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
14.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-440 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. A
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
EC
Check fuel filler tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16. C
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-1
Check one-way valve for clogging. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation". E

17.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-2


1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. F
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close. G
Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
I

SEF665U

Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve) INFOID:0000000012524565


J

1.INSPECTION START
K
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: N
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. O
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. P
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.

Revision: August 2015 EC-441 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.

BBIA0401E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.

BBIA0401E

Revision: August 2015 EC-442 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Drain filter) INFOID:0000000012524566
EC
1.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. C
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
5. Block port B. D
6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace drain filter.

JPBIA5374GB
G

Revision: August 2015 EC-443 2016 NV NAM


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524567

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION


1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F77 63 64 1.0 - 4.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524568

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 1 F77 96 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Revision: August 2015 EC-444 2016 NV NAM


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

+ − A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E48 3 F77 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
E

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 2 F77 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-68, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation". J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-445 2016 NV NAM


SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000012524569

ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Sensor Power Supply 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor Power Supply 2
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
• Electric throttle control actuator
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524570

1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

+ –
Voltage
ECM
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 103
E16 128 5V
F54 24
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E16 103 APP sensor 2 E20 1
F54 24 Electric throttle control actuator F50 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• APP sensor 2 (Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: August 2015 EC-446 2016 NV NAM


SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
A

EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-447 2016 NV NAM


VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524571

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make
sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

BBIA0570E

Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to between 2,200 and 3,300 rpm and make sure
that power valve actuator rod moves.

BBIA0570E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524572

1.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-I


With CONSULT
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions.

VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum


ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.

Without CONSULT
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-448 2016 NV NAM


VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
4. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
A
VIAS control solenoid valve
+ − Condition Vacuum
EC
Terminals
12V direct current supply Should exist.
1 2
No supply Should not exist. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. Refer to EC-20, PBIB0845E

"ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts D


Location".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM HOSE E
1. Stop engine.
2. Check vacuum hose for crack, clogging, improper connection or
disconnection. Refer to EC-51, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR F
SYSTEM : Vacuum Hose Drawing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L
I
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
2. Start engine and let it idle. J
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector.
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
M

O
BBIA0569E

4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector and ground P

+
VIAS control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Battery voltage

Revision: August 2015 EC-449 2016 NV NAM


VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and VIAS control solenoid valve harness con-
nector.

+ −
ECM VIAS control solenoid valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 39 F75 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524573

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per
the following conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity


VIAS SOL VALVE
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JMBIA0180ZZ

Without CONSULT
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per the fol-
lowing conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB2532E

Revision: August 2015 EC-450 2016 NV NAM


VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". A
Component Inspection (Vacuum Tank) INFOID:0000000012524574

1.CHECK VACUUM TANK EC

1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.


2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port (A) of vacuum tank.
3. Apply vacuum and check that vacuum exists at the port (B). C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
D
NO >> Replace vacuum tank. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded
View".

PBIB0846E
F

Revision: August 2015 EC-451 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012524575

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-430
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-146
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-428
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FL-13
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-461
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-142
EC-393,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-398
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-142
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-433
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-168
EC-186,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-192
1
EC-203,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-209
EC-216,
3 EC-220,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-223,
EC-247,
EC-387
EC-205,
EC-268,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-369,
EC-370,
2 2 EC-407
EC-400,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-403,
EC-411
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-278

Revision: August 2015 EC-452 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-280 F
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-283
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-338
G
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-346
EC-349,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-352 H
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-184
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-359 I
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-382
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-444
J
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-426
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-138
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-32 K
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
L
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

Revision: August 2015 EC-453 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-6
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 MA-24
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-24
Air cleaner EM-24
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-24
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-25
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-25,
Collector/Gasket EM-28
Cranking Battery PG-86
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-10
Generator circuit
CHG-13
1 STR-17
Starter circuit 3
STR-21
Signal plate 6 EM-115
PNP signal circuit 4 TM-88
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-97
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-115
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

Revision: August 2015 EC-454 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Valve Timing chain EM-61 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-78
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-61
G
Intake valve
3 EM-97
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ H
EM-30,
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-32,
Three way catalyst EX-6

Lubrica- EM-34, I
tion Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil LU-12, LU-
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 14,
LU-7 J
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
Cooling CO-17,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-18 K
Thermostat 5 CO-30
Water pump CO-24
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 L
Water gallery CO-7
CO-21 ,
Cooling fan
CO-22
5 M
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
CO-11
ed coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-8 N
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

Revision: August 2015 EC-455 2016 NV NAM


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000012524576

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)


If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. However, if the engine speed is above 4,500 rpm, fuel will be cut off in a few sec-
onds. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-39,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: August 2015 EC-456 2016 NV NAM


IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524577
EC

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED


With CONSULT C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D

>> INSPECTION END


E

Revision: August 2015 EC-457 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
IGNITION TIMING
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524578

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING


1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

BBIA0530E

2. Check ignition timing.

>> INSPECTION END

BBIA0531E

Revision: August 2015 EC-458 2016 NV NAM


EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524579

CAUTION: EC
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
1.EVAP LEAK CHECK D
With CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port. E

SEF462UA

H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. I
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-46, "EVAPO- J
RATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram".

SEF200U
M

Without CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and N
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. O
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). P
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.

SEF462UA

Revision: August 2015 EC-459 2016 NV NAM


EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-46, "EVAPO-
RATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram".

>> INSPECTION END

SEF200U

Revision: August 2015 EC-460 2016 NV NAM


POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ40DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524580

1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC


With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-41, "Exploded View".

E
PBIB1589E

Revision: August 2015 EC-461 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VQ40DE]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012524581

CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-134, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to “HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)” in
PG-7, "Harness Connector".
2. Remove ECM bracket bolt.
3. Remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: August 2015 EC-462 2016 NV NAM


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ40DE]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000012524582
EC

Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 725 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000012524583


E

Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 20 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF G
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012524584

I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 5 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 5 – 35 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012524585

K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.2 V*
2.0 – 6.0 g/s at idle*
L
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M

Revision: August 2015 EC-463 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012524586

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000012524587

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-7, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Revision: August 2015 EC-464 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
General Precautions INFOID:0000000012524588

A
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. EC
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is C
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable. D
SEF289H

• Never disassemble ECM. E


• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in
this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight F
variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost
within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes G
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data H
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely
with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. I

BBIA0387E
L

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or


from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin ter- M
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- N
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- O
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
PBIB0090E

• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. P

Revision: August 2015 EC-465 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and check ECM functions properly. Refer to
EC-529, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leakage in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC


Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

JSBIA1315ZZ

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow


the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.

SEF348N

Revision: August 2015 EC-466 2016 NV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56DE]
• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-
ure. A
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
EC

PBIB1144E

D
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. E

G
SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to H


observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con- I
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
J
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. K
SEF708Y

Revision: August 2015 EC-467 2016 NV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56DE]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012524589

The actual shapes of TechMate tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
(J-33984-A) diator filler neck
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors


(J-36471-A) with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors


(J-38365) a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench

S-NT636

(J-44626) Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1


Air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor wrench

LEM054

(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure


Fuel pressure gauge
kit

LEC642

(J-44321-6) Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connec-


Fuel pressure adapter tor type fuel lines.

LBIA0376E

Revision: August 2015 EC-468 2016 NV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56DE]
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description A
Tool name
(J-45488) Remove fuel tube quick connectors in engine
Quick connector re- room. EC
lease

PBIC0198E

(J-23688) Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in en- D


Engine coolant refrac- gine coolant
tometer
E

WBIA0539E F

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012524590

Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
H
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leakage
i.e.: (J-41416)

J
S-NT703

EVAP service port Applys positive pressure through EVAP service


adapter port K
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)

S-NT704

Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening M
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure

ALBIA1353ZZ
O
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
P

S-NT705

Revision: August 2015 EC-469 2016 NV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56DE]
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool


i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

Revision: August 2015 EC-470 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012524591

ALBIA0720ZZ
O

1. ECM 2. Cooling fan motor 3. Power steering pressure sensor


4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Intake valve timing control position P
(bank 2) valve (bank 2) sensor (bank 2)
7. Electric throttle control actuator 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Intake valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 12. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
valve (bank 1) (bank 1)
13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 14. Refrigerant pressure sensor 15. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1)
temperature sensor)

Revision: August 2015 EC-471 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
16. Fuel injector (bank 1) 17. EVAP service port 18. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
19. Knock sensor (bank 1) 20. Knock sensor (bank 2) 21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
22. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 23. IPDM E/R

ALBIA0723ZZ

1. Body ground 2. ECM 3. Body ground


4. IPDM E/R 5. Battery 6. Radiator hose
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Electric throttle control actuator 9. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor)
10. Cooling fan motor harness connector 11. Knock sensor (bank 1) 12. Knock sensor (bank 2)
(view with engine removed) (view with engine removed)
13. Power steering pressure sensor 14. Power steering fluid reservoir
(view with battery disconnected)
: Vehicle front

Revision: August 2015 EC-472 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

EC

L
ALBIA0724ZZ

1. Intake manifold 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Ignition coils (with power transistor) M
(bank 2)
4. Injector harness connectors (bank 2) 5. Ignition coils (with power transistor) 6. Injector harness connectors (bank 1)
(bank 1)
N
7. EVAP canister purge volume control 8. EVAP service port 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
solenoid valve (view from under the vehicle)
(view with engine cover removed)
10. Engine oil pan O
(view from under the vehicle)
: Vehicle front
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-473 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

ALBIA0725ZZ

1. Condenser-1 2. Injector #7 3. EVAP control system pressure sen-


sor
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP canister 6. Rear suspension member
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. Intake valve timing control position 9. Intake valve timing control position
(view with front grille removed) sensor (bank 2) sensor (bank 1)
(view with engine cover and intake air
duct removed)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Drive belt 12. Radiator hose
valve (bank 2) (view with engine cover and intake air
(view with engine cover and intake air duct removed)
duct removed)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

Revision: August 2015 EC-474 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

EC

L
ALBIA0727ZZ

1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank M
1)
4. Hearted oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 5. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 6. Muffler
(bank 1)
N
7. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 8. Hearted oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 9. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
(bank 2) 2)
: Vehicle front
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-475 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

ALBIA0728ZZ

1. ECM 2. ECM harness connectors 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor


4. ASCD brake switch 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Brake pedal
7. Condenser-2 8. IPDM E/R 9. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
10. Fuel pressure regulator 11. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit, and 12. ASCD steering switch
fuel filter
13. CANCEL switch 14. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch 15. MAIN switch
COAST/SET switch
: Vehicle front

ECM INFOID:0000000012524592

• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

Revision: August 2015 EC-476 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input
and output and for power supply. A
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
EC
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.

PBIB1164E

D
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012524593

Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination


meter. E
MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, MIL should turn OFF. If the MIL remains F
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-507, "Diagnosis Description".
G

JSBIA1315ZZ
H
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012524594

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end


of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- I
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.

JPBIA4615ZZ
L

Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors


are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
M
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from N
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
O
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000012524595 P

OUTLINE

Revision: August 2015 EC-477 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.

JSBIA0270GB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PBIB0145E

Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012524596

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

JPBIA4613ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-478 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000012524597

A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and EC
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on C
engine fuel needs.

D
PBIA9664J

Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012524598
E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire F
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater G
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. H

PBIA9559J
I
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM. J
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.

K
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature


Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) L
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 M
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

N
SEF012P

Revision: August 2015 EC-479 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000012524599

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of


intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
JMBIA0064ZZ

Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0714GB

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000012524600

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0714GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-480 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524601

A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil EC
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. C
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. D
PBIB1842E

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524602


E
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant F
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
G

H
SEF594K

<Reference data> I

Engine coolant temperature


[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) J
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
K
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals. L
SEF012P

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000012524603

M
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. N

P
JSBIA0284ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-481 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524604

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

Power Steering Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524605

Power steering pressure sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power
steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000012524606

DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
Refer to EC-497, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
COOLING FAN RELAY
Power supply for the cooling fan motor is provided via cooling fan relay.
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000012524607

The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
For details, refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524608

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to


control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

PBIB3489E

Revision: August 2015 EC-482 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000012524609

A
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the EC
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components. C
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo- D
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
JSBIA1337GB

EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012524610 E

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the


purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases. F

PBIB3370E

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000012524611 I

DESCRIPTION
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- J
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the K
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at L
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
M

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the N
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F).
O

JPBIA5443GB

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER


A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.

Revision: August 2015 EC-483 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000012524612

DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER


Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater


Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000012524613

FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives an engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni-
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
BBIA0402E

Condition Fuel pump operation


Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combina-
tion meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.

Revision: August 2015 EC-484 2016 NV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524614

A
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper- EC
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data> C

Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance


[°C (°F)] (V) (kΩ) D
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 SEF012P

50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90


E
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.

ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012524615

F
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function. G

Stop Lamp Switch & ASCD Brake Switch INFOID:0000000012524616

H
Stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).

Brake pedal ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch I


Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
J

Revision: August 2015 EC-485 2016 NV NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) INFOID:0000000012524617

PBIB0062E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.


The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

Revision: August 2015 EC-486 2016 NV NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000012524618

EC

PBIB1068E F
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. G
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
H
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. I
• Always to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: J
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. K
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leakage at connections. L
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M

Revision: August 2015 EC-487 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524619

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSBIA1449GB

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Revision: August 2015 EC-488 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
A
Function Reference
EC-491, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
scription" EC
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM EC-493, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-495, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
tion" C
EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description"
COOLING FAN CONTROL EC-497, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" D
EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
tion"
EC-502, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip- E
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
tion"
EC-503, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System De-
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM
scription" F
CAN COMMUNICATION EC-504, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012524620


G

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode


H
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0102 I
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. J
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON K
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en-
80°C (176°F)
gine starting L
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling M
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. N
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
O

P0603
ECM Engine torque may be limited.
P0607
P
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P0604 ECM • The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.

Revision: August 2015 EC-489 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
P0605 • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0606 ECM fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P060B • The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P060A ECM
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Engine torque may be limited.
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P0643 ECM
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the
vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

Revision: August 2015 EC-490 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524621

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

EC

I
JMBIA1833GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator J


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
K
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature L
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
M
Fuel injection
TCM Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Battery Battery voltage*3 N
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
O
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC/TCS operation command*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 P
BCM Air conditioner operation*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Revision: August 2015 EC-491 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB3020E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drive ability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-483, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.

Revision: August 2015 EC-492 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between A
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
EC
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean. C
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. D
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

G
PBIB0122E

Two types of systems are used.


• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System H
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the ignition order. This system is
used when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of I
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals 2 times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. J
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. K
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524622
L

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
M

JMBIA1834GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-493 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing Ignition coil
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (with power transistor)
TCM Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Combination meter Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 8 - 7 - 3 - 6 - 5 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

Revision: August 2015 EC-494 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524623

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

EC

I
JMBIA1835GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator J


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature K


Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position IPDM E/R

Battery Battery voltage*2 Air conditioner
cut control
Air conditioner relay L
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Compressor
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 M

BCM Air conditioner ON signal*1


*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line. N
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. O
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine. P
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

Revision: August 2015 EC-495 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000012524624

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMBIA1826GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Electric throttle control
ASCD vehicle speed control
Gear position actuator
TCM
Powertrain revolution*
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM


Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE on combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the
ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE on combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press COAST/SET switch.
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches on ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever position changed to N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
Revision: August 2015 EC-496 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
• A/T control system has a malfunction. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature A
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: CRUISE will blink quickly.
EC
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION C
When the COAST/SET switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION D
When the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed after canceling operation other than pressing the MAIN switch is per-
formed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet
following conditions.
E
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever position is other than P and N
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
COOLING FAN CONTROL F

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524625

G
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMBIA1857GB

NOTE: M
Cooling fan relay is not used.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
N
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position O
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R

Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan
Cooling fan relay
control

P
Battery Battery voltage*1
Cooling fan motor
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.

Revision: August 2015 EC-497 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation

JPBIA5445GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524626

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMBIA1828GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Revision: August 2015 EC-498 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
EC
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol- C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position D
Battery Battery voltage*1
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
E
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F

K
PBIB1631E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. L
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and N
idling.

Revision: August 2015 EC-499 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

JMBIA1703GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-500 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

EC

L
ALBIA0729ZZ

1. EVAP canister 2. EVAP control system pressure sen- 3. EVAP canister vent control valve M
sor
A : To previous figure : Vehicle front
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

Revision: August 2015 EC-501 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524627

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSBIA1483GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator


Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Intake valve timing control position sensor Intake valve timing
timing control solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3276E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM

Revision: August 2015 EC-502 2016 NV NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524628

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

EC

JSBIA1557GB

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input
Unit/Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function H
EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line

Fuel level sensor signal* Fuel filler cap warning control


Combination meter I
Fuel filler cap warning reset signal*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
Output J
Unit Output signal Actuator
ECM Fuel filler cap warning display signal* Combination meter
K
*: This signal is sent to the combination meter via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and L
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level sensor signal transmitted from the combination meter via
M
CAN communication.
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter
via CAN communication. N
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display.
CAUTION:
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
O
Reset Operation
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below:
• Reset operation is performed by operating the “INFO” switch on the combination meter. P
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal.
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE:
Revision: August 2015 EC-503 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn-
ing display turns ON/OFF.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000012524629

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

Revision: August 2015 EC-504 2016 NV NAM


OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
OPERATION
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000012524630 EC

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS


C

JPBIA5371ZZ F

1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch


4. ASCD MAIN switch 5. COAST/SET switch 6. ACCEL/RES switch
G
(ACCELERATE/RESUME)
A. On the combination meter
B. On the steering wheel
H
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
I
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 144 km/h (89 MPH)
J
SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. L
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system. M
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed N
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed O
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform P
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.

Revision: August 2015 EC-505 2016 NV NAM


OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.

Revision: August 2015 EC-506 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000012524631

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012524632

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-51, "Descrip- D
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

Revision: August 2015 EC-507 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000012524633

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC


1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst


damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-545, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000012524634

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC


The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-545, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-579, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Revision: August 2015 EC-508 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012524635

H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

Revision: August 2015 EC-509 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

JMBIA1417GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

Revision: August 2015 EC-510 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
EC
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D

JMBIA1418GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-511 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524636

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Revision: August 2015 EC-512 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition: A
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
EC
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C. C
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is D
stored in ECM.
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions. E
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE: F
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving G
pattern D.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000012524637
H
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- I
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT J
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's K
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. L
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. M
NOTE:
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (NO permanent DTCs) before the N
inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
O
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-513 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
INFOID:0000000012524638

Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.


ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the erase function of CONSULT or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and
by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the in-use inspec-
tion without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the in-use inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs should be
erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in in-use inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent
DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

Revision: August 2015 EC-514 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
PERMANENT DTC SET TIMING
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed. A

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012524639

When emission-related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission EC


control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. C
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC- D
887, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE: E
JSBIA1315ZZ
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and
inspect/repair accordingly because an emission-related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission
control systems components and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
F
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000012524640

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM G


The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function H


Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has I
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
J
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-590, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-591, "Description".
learning K
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-592, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
clear
L

BULB CHECK MODE


Description M
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
N
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-887, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and P
components. For SRT, refer to EC-513, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

Revision: August 2015 EC-515 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE


Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-887, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 EC-516 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
A

EC

PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results D


The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL E
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
F

N
PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
O
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec- P
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".

Revision: August 2015 EC-517 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012524641

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function


Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECM Identification ECM part number can be read.
DTC Work Support The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE


Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:

Revision: August 2015 EC-518 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. A
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-545, "DTC Index"), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-48, "DTC Index".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT. EC
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
C
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item* Description


D
DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
[PXXXX] to EC-545, "DTC Index".)
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed. E
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
F
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or G
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] than short-term fuel trim.
H

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule. I
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. J
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
K
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] L
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
M
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. N

Monitored Item
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-519 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
×: Applicable
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit ECU INPUT MAIN Description Remarks
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Accuracy becomes
poor if engine speed
• Indicates the engine speed computed drops below the idle
from the signal of the crankshaft posi- rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm × ×
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi- • If the signal is interrupt-
tion sensor (PHASE). ed while the engine is
running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
• When the engine is
stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × × • When engine is run-
sensor is displayed.
ning, specification
range is indicated in
“SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel • When engine is run-
injection pulse width programmed into ning, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × ×
ECM, prior to any learned on board range is indicated in
correction. “SPEC”.
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is
stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
• This data also includes
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
the data for the air-fuel
% feedback correction factor per cycle is
A/F ALPHA-B2 ratio learning control.
indicated.
• When engine is run-
ning, specification
range is indicated in
“SPEC”.
• When the engine cool-
ant temperature sensor
• The engine coolant temperature (deter- is open or short-circuit-
mined by the signal voltage of the en- ed, ECM enters fail-
COOLANT TEMP/S °C or °F × ×
gine coolant temperature sensor) is safe mode. The engine
displayed. coolant temperature
determined by the ECM
is displayed.
• The A/F signal computed from the input
A/F SEN1 (B1) V × × signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) × × • The signal voltage of the heated oxy-
V
HO2S2 (B2) × × gen sensor 2 is displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) × • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-


nal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen af- • When the engine is
RICH/
ter three way catalyst is relatively stopped, a certain value
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN × small. is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen af-
ter three way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE × × vehicle speed signal sent from combi-
mph
nation meter is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT V
displayed.

Revision: August 2015 EC-520 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A
ECU INPUT MAIN
SIGNALS SIGNALS
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is
converted by ECM in- EC
• The accelerator pedal position sensor
V ternally. Thus, it differs
ACCEL SEN 2 signal voltage is displayed.
from ECM terminal volt-
age signal.
C
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is
converted by ECM in-
• The throttle position sensor signal volt-
V ternally. Thus, it differs
TP SEN 2-B1 × × age is displayed. D
from ECM terminal volt-
age signal.
• The fuel temperature (determined by
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F the signal voltage of the fuel tank tem- E
perature sensor) is displayed.
• The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES V
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
F
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
FUEL LEVEL SE V ×
sor is displayed.
• Indicates start signal status [On/Off] • After starting the en- G
computed by the ECM according to the gine, [Off] is displayed
START SIGNAL On/Off
signals of engine speed and battery regardless of the starter
voltage. signal.
• Indicates idle position [On/Off] comput- H
CLSD THL POS On/Off × × ed by ECM according to the accelera-
tor pedal position sensor signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of the air I
AIR COND SIG On/Off × × conditioner switch as determined by
the air conditioner signal.
• [On/Off] condition of the power steering J
system (determined by the signal volt-
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × ×
age of the power steering pressure
sensor) is indicated.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from the
K
electrical load signal.
On: Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × × ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd po- L
sition.
Off: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from igni- M
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
tion switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from the
HEATER FAN SW On/Off ×
heater fan switch signal. N
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from the
BRAKE SW On/Off
stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 • When the engine is O
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
stopped, a certain com-
msec width compensated by ECM according
INJ PULSE-B2 puted value is indicat-
to the input signals.
ed.
P
• When the engine is
• Indicates the ignition timing computed
IGN TIMING BTDC stopped, a certain value
by ECM according to the input signals.
is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE % value of the current air flow divided by
peak air flow.

Revision: August 2015 EC-521 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit ECU INPUT MAIN Description Remarks
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Indicates the mass air flow computed
MASS AIRFLOW g/s by ECM according to the signal voltage
of the mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control val-
ue computed by the ECM according to
PURG VOL C/V %
the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft ad-
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) vance angle.

INT/V SOL (B1) • The control value of the intake valve


timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
INT/V SOL (B2) % signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
the value increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY On/Off tion (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off condition determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• The control condition of the EVAP can-
ister vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
VENT CONT/V On/Off
indicated.
On: Closed
Off: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor re-
THRTL RELAY On/Off lay control condition determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater con-
trol value computed by ECM according
A/F S1 HTR(B2) % to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes
larger as the value increases.
• The control condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
Hi/Low/ input signals) is indicated.
COOLING FAN
Off Hi: High speed operation
Low: Low speed operation
Off: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Indicates [On/Off] condition of heated
On/Off oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ECM according to the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
from the input speed sensor signal.
• The vehicle speed computed from the
km/h or
VEHICLE SPEED vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
mph
displayed.

Revision: August 2015 EC-522 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A
ECU INPUT MAIN
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Displays the condition of idle air vol-
ume learning EC
Yet/CM- Yet: Idle Air Volume Learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN
PLT been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has
already been performed successfully.
C
km or • Distance traveled while MIL is activat-
TRVL AFTER MIL
mile ed.
D
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater con-
trol value computed by ECM according
A/F S1 HTR (B1) % to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes E
larger as the value increases.
• The vehicle speed computed from the
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE vehicle speed signal sent from combi-
mph
nation meter is displayed.
F

km/h or
SET VHCL SPD • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
mph
G
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from MAIN
MAIN SW On/Off
switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from CAN-
CANCEL SW On/Off
CEL switch signal. H
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from AC-
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off
CEL/RES switch signal.
I
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from
SET SW On/Off
COAST/SET switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from ASCD
BRAKE SW1 On/Off brake switch signal or ASCD clutch J
switch.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
lamp switch signal. K
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed. L
VHCL SPD CUT Non/Cut Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to ex-
cessively low compared with the ASCD
set speed, and ASCD operation is cut
off. M
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
LO SPEED CUT Non/Cut N
Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to ex-
cessively low, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of A/T O/D O
AT OD MONITOR On/Off according to the input signal from the
TCM.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of A/T O/D P
AT OD CANCEL On/Off
cancel request signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of CRUISE
CRUISE LAMP On/Off lamp determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of SET
SET LAMP On/Off lamp determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.

Revision: August 2015 EC-523 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit ECU INPUT MAIN Description Remarks
SIGNALS SIGNALS
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction of a factor
stored in ECM. The factor is calculated
from the difference between the target

A/F ADJ-B2 air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-
fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1
signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from the
P/N POSI SW On/Off
park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN V
pressure sensor is displayed.
• The A/F signal computed from the input
A/F SEN1 (B2) V signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
is displayed.
• The control value of the exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
VTC DTY EX B2 %
signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
the value increases.
• Indicates the condition of EVAP leak di-
agnosis.
Yet/CM- Yet: EVAP leak diagnosis has not been
EVAP LEAK DIAG
PLT performed yet.
CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has been
performed successfully.
• Indicates the ready condition of EVAP
leak diagnosis.
On: EVAP leak diagnosis has been
EVAP DIAG READY On/Off
ready condition.
Off: EVAP leak diagnosis has not been
ready condition.
THRTL STK CNT B1* — —
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis
INCMP/ (delayed response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
CMPLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis
INCMP/ (delayed response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
CMPLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis
INCMP/ (slow response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis
INCMP/ (slow response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
CMPLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.

Revision: August 2015 EC-524 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A
ECU INPUT MAIN
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Indicates DTC P015A or P015B self-di-
INCMP/ agnosis condition. EC
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
CMPLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P015C or P015D self-di- C
INCMP/ agnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
CMPLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
D
• Indicates DTC P014C or P014D self-di-
INCMP/ agnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. E
• Indicates DTC P014E or P014F self-di-
INCMP/ agnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
CMPLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
F

• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A


or P015B self-diagnosis condition.
ABSNT/ ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not G
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
PRSNT within the diagnosis range.
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within
the diagnosis range.
H
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A
or P015B self-diagnosis condition.
ABSNT/ ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
PRSNT within the diagnosis range. I
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within
the diagnosis range.
Displays a determined value of atmo- J
spheric correction factor necessary for
A/F-S ATMSPHRC correcting an A/F sensor signal input to

CRCT B1 ECM. The signal used for the correction
is an A/F sensor signal transmitted while K
driving under atmospheric pressure.
Displays a determined value of atmo-
spheric correction factor necessary for L
A/F-S ATMSPHRC correcting an A/F sensor signal input to

CRCT B2 ECM. The signal used for the correction
is an A/F sensor signal transmitted while
driving under atmospheric pressure. M
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Displays the number of updates of the A/
count
CRCT UP B1 F sensor atmospheric correction factor.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Displays the number of updates of the A/ N
count
CRCT UP B2 F sensor atmospheric correction factor.
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagnosis
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ condition. O
SIS A B1 CMPLT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagnosis
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ condition. P
SIS A B2 CMPLT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis

Revision: August 2015 EC-525 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit ECU INPUT MAIN Description Remarks
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagnosis
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ condition.
SIS B B1 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagnosis
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ condition.
SIS B B2 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

Work item Condition Usage


IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the spec- When learning the idle air volume
ified range is memorized in ECM.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE Close the EVAP canister vent control valve in order to make When detecting EVAP vapor leak
EVAP system close under the following conditions. point of EVAP system
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine not running
• Ambient temperature is above 0°C (32°F).
• No vacuum and no high pressure in EVAP system
• Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
• Within 10 minutes after starting “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
• When trying to execute “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” under
the condition except above, CONSULT will discontinue it
and display appropriate instruction.
NOTE:
When starting engine, CONSULT may display “BAT-
TERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, even in
using charged battery.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns When clearing the coefficient of
to the original coefficient. self-learning control value
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
VIN REGISTRATION • In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM When registering VIN in ECM
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
CLSD THL POS LEARN • Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve
closed position
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.
REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

ACTIVE TEST MODE


Test Item

Revision: August 2015 EC-526 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]

Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy) A


• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
tion using CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor C
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm. D
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT. E
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT.
SEN
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine F
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT and
listen to operating sound.
G

• Engine: Return to the original


non-standard condition
IGNITION TIM- If malfunctioning symptom disap- H
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors I
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Selector lever: P or N position • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at • Spark plug J
a time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor K
and “OFF” using CONSULT. • IPDM E/R
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors L
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT and lis-
ten to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original M
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using pears, see CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT.
N
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Test Item
O
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page

EVAPORATIVE PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-742


P
SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-748
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 —
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-669
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 —
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-669

Revision: August 2015 EC-527 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-685
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-679
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-693
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-685
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-679
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-693

SRT & P-DTC MODE


SRT STATUS Mode
• For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode

How to display permanent DTC status


1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT screen to show if a driving pat-
tern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.

JSBIA0062GB

NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

Revision: August 2015 EC-528 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012524642
EC

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


NOTE: C
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. D
Example:
The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from E
the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".

Monitor item Condition Specification


F
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
tachometer indication.
G
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-610.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-610.
A/F ALPHA-B1 H
See EC-610.
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLANT TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V I
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0
- Engine: After warming up J
HO2S2 (B2) V
- Keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met. K
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
- Engine: After warming-up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
- Keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load L
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V M
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V N
• Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 O
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D
FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Indicates fuel tank temperature
P
EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of fuel
FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON
tank
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On


CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off

Revision: August 2015 EC-529 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Monitor item Condition Specification
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor: Operates)
Steering wheel: Not being turned
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Off
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
engine
Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch is ON
On
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
Off
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan control switch: ON On
HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan control switch: OFF Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 2.8 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10° - 20° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 14% - 33%
• Selector lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 12% - 25%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 3.0 - 9.0 g/s
• Selector lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 9.0 - 28.0 g/s
• No load

• Engine: After warming up Idle


• Selector lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed 0%
PURG VOL C/V even slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1) • Selector lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1) • Selector lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 25% - 50%
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor: Operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions Off
VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON Off
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
A/F S1 HTR (B2) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 4 - 100%

Revision: August 2015 EC-530 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Monitor item Condition Specification
A
Engine coolant temperature: 99°C
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Off
(210°F) or less
COOLING FAN engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine coolant temperature: 100°C
Hi EC
(212°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and C
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off
Almost the same speed as the D
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication E
Idle air volume learning has not been
Yet
performed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already
CMPLT F
been performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
G
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 4 - 100%
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication H
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
MAIN switch: Pressed On I
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released Off
CANCEL switch: Pressed On
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON J
CANCEL switch: Released Off
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
On
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON K
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
Off
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed On
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON L
SET/COAST switch: Released Off
Brake pedal: Fully released On
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Off M
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
N
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON Non
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON Non
AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON Off O
AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON Off
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON On → Off
→ at the 2nd time P
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating On
• Vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h
SET LAMP
(25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 ASCD: Not operating Off
MPH)
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ-B2 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330

Revision: August 2015 EC-531 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Monitor item Condition Specification
Selector lever: P or N On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above Off
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Indicates intake air temperature
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V

VTC DTY EX B2* — —


DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has already been performed
CMPLT
successfully.
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has already been performed
CMPLT
successfully.
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.

A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
PRSNT
P015C or P015D.
Indicates the condition of EVAP
EVAP LEAK DIAG • Ignition switch: ON
leak diagnosis.
Indicates the ready condition of
EVAP DIAG READY • Ignition switch: ON
EVAP leak diagnosis.
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. —
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B2 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the num-
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 ber of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the num-
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B2 ber of updates.

Revision: August 2015 EC-532 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Monitor item Condition Specification
A
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
NOSIS A B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP EC


NOSIS A B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT


NOSIS B B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT C

SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT


NOSIS B B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
D
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: The item is indicated, but not used.
E
TERMINAL LAYOUT

H
PBIB3368E

PHYSICAL VALUES
I
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values. J
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.

Terminal No.
Description K
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
L
1 [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
(B) • Idle speed

2.9 - 8.8 V M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
2 116
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1) Output • Idle speed
(B) (B) N
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine)

PBIA8148J
O
3 116 Throttle control motor power Battery voltage
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)

0 - 14 V P

[Ignition switch: ON]


4 116 • Engine: Stopped
Throttle control motor (Close) Output
(L/W) (B) • Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E

Revision: August 2015 EC-533 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]


• Engine: Stopped
5 116
Throttle control motor (Open) Output • Selector lever: D position
(L/B) (B)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed

PBIB1105E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed be-
6 116 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output
(LG) (B) (bank 1) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
10 116 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(W) (B) noid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
11 116 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(LG) (B) noid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5 V
12 67 • Steering wheel: Being turned
Power steering pressure sensor Input
(R) (B) [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned

Revision: August 2015 EC-534 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
10 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
D
13 116 Crankshaft position sensor PBIB1041E
Input
(W) (B) (POS)
10 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F

PBIB1042E

1.0 - 4.0 V G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
H
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

14 116 Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E I


Input
(Y) (B) (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0 V

J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K

PBIB1040E

15 116 [Engine is running] L


Knock sensor (bank 2) Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
[Engine is running] 2.2 V
16 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(G) (B) M
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.

Revision: August 2015 EC-535 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
21 The pulse cycle changes depending
(SB) on rpm at idle
22 Fuel injector No. 5
(BR) 116 Fuel injector No. 3 JMBIA0047GB
Output
23 (B) Fuel injector No. 1 Battery voltage
(LG) Fuel injector No. 7
(11 - 14 V)
44
(O)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA0048GB

2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
24
• Warm-up condition
(BR) 116
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 2) Output • Idle speed
43 (B)
(More than 140 seconds after
(BR)
starting engine)

PBIA8148J

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed be-
25 116 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output
(GR) (B) (bank 2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
32 67 EVAP control system pressure
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(L) (B) sensor
0 - 4.8 V
34 67
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (B)
air temperature.
[Engine is running] 2.2 V
35 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(O) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
36 115 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor (bank 1) Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed

Revision: August 2015 EC-536 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Battery voltage EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
40 The pulse cycle changes depending
(Y) on rpm at idle
D
41 Fuel injector No. 6
(P) 116 Fuel injector No. 4 JMBIA0047GB
Output
42 (B) Fuel injector No. 2 Battery voltage
(L) Fuel injector No. 8 E
(11 - 14 V)
63
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA0048GB
G
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
H
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting I

45 116 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB


J
Output
(SB) (B) control solenoid valve Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running] K
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after
starting engine)
L

JMBIA0040GB

0 - 0.3 V M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
N
46 The pulse cycle changes depending
(R) on rpm at idle
60 Ignition signal No. 7
(GR) 116 Ignition signal No. 5 JMBIA0035GB O
Output
61 (B) Ignition signal No. 3
0.1 - 0.6 V
(L) Ignition signal No. 1
62
P
(Y) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

JMBIA0036GB

47 66 Sensor power supply


— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (R) (Throttle position sensor)

Revision: August 2015 EC-537 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Sensor power supply
48 67
(EVAP control system pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (B)
sensor)
49 67 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (B) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 66
Throttle position sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(B) (R)
• Engine: Stopped
• Selector lever: D position Less than 4.75 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.3 V
51 67 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(W) (B) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.1V
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0 V
• Idle speed

0 - 1.0 V
53 116 Intake valve timing control posi-
Input
(L) (B) tion sensor (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB2046E

[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following con-
ditions are met.
55 78 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank
Input - Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 1)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
56 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V
(W) (B)

Revision: August 2015 EC-538 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
0 - 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
65 The pulse cycle changes depending
(BR) on rpm at idle
79 Ignition signal No. 8 D
(V) 116 Ignition signal No. 6 JMBIA0035GB
Output
80 (B) Ignition signal No. 4
0.1 - 0.6 V
(W) Ignition signal No. 2
81 E
(G) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F

JMBIA0036GB

66 Sensor ground
[Engine is running] G
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] H
67
— Sensor ground — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
• Idle speed
68 67 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V I
(SB) (B) (PSP sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D position J
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 66
Throttle position sensor 2 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (R)
• Engine: Stopped K
• Selector lever: D position More than 0.36 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Engine is running]
L
• Warm-up condition
70 67
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (B)
switch: ON (Compressor oper-
M
ates.)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0 V
• Idle speed N

0 - 1.0 V
72 116 Intake valve timing control posi- O
Input
(Y) (B) tion sensor (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
P

PBIB2046E

0 - 4.8 V
73 67 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (B) sensor
coolant temperature.

Revision: August 2015 EC-539 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following con-
ditions are met.
74 78 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank
Input - Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 2)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
75 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
78 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
82 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R) (APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
83 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(Y) (APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
85 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(O) output
86 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(P) output
90 82 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (R) (APP sensor 1)
91 83 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (Y) (APP sensor 2)
94 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(L) output
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.25 - 0.50 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 83 Accelerator pedal position sen-
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG) (Y) sor 2
• Engine: Stopped
2.0 - 2.5 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 67 1V
ASCD steering switch Input • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(R) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3V
Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
100 116 • Selector lever: P or N position
PNP signal Input
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Except the above gear position (11 - 14 V)

Revision: August 2015 EC-540 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] EC
0V
101 116 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] Battery voltage
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V) C
Battery voltage
104 116 [Ignition switch: OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(O) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.5 - 1.0 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released E
106 82 Accelerator pedal position sen-
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(BR) (R) sor 1
• Engine: Stopped
4.2 - 4.8 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
F
0 - 4.8 V
107 116
Fuel tank temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
(Y) (B) G
tank temperature.
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
108 116 • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ASCD brake switch Input H
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 116 I
Ignition switch Input Battery voltage
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] J
0 - 1.5 V
• For a few seconds after turning ig-
111 116 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(W) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] K
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] L
• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.5 V
switch ON
113 116 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Input
(GR) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] M
Battery voltage
• More than 1 second after turning
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch ON
115 N
(B) [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
116 • Idle speed
(B)
O
117 116 EVAP canister vent control Battery voltage
Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) valve (11 - 14 V)
119
(BR) 116 Battery voltage P
Power supply for ECM — [Ignition switch: ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(BR)
121 116 Power supply for ECM Battery voltage
— [Ignition switch: OFF]
(R) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-86, "How to Handle Battery".

Revision: August 2015 EC-541 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012524643

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode


P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0102
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en-
80°C (176°F)
gine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
P0603
ECM Engine torque may be limited.
P0607
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P0604 ECM • The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
P0605 • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0606 ECM fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P060B • The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P060A ECM
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Engine torque may be limited.
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P0643 ECM
• The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

Revision: August 2015 EC-542 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition EC
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
C
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
D
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
E
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. F
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
G
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the
vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm H
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. I
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
J
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012524644

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority K
chart.

Revision: August 2015 EC-543 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

Priority Detected items (DTC)


1 • U0100 U0101 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0111 P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0128 Thermostat function
• P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0603 P0604 P0605 P0606 P0607 P060A P060B ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0705 Transmission range switch
• P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 • P0030 P0031 P0032 P0036 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P014C P014D P014E P014F P0150 P0151 P0152 P015A P015B P015C P015D P2096 P2097 P2098
P2099 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
• P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
• P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0700 P0710 P0717 P0720 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1730 P1752 P1757 P1762 P1767
P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1140 P1145 Intake valve timing control position sensor
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0308 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
• P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
• P050A P050E Cold start control
• P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
• P1211 TCS control unit
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P1715 Primary speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
• P219A P219B Air fuel ratio

Revision: August 2015 EC-544 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012524645

A
×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- EC
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
U0100 0100*5 LOST COMM (ECM A) — 1 × B TM-83 C
U0101 0101*5 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × B EC-622

U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-623


D
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Blinking*8 — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
E
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × B EC-624
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 — 2 × B EC-624
P0030 0030 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-630 F
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-630
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-630
P0036 0036 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-630 G
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-633
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-633
H
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-630
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-630
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-633 I
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-633
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × B EC-636
J
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × B EC-636
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-639
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-645 K
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-645
P0111 0111 IAT SENSOR 1 B1 — 2 × A EC-650
L
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-652
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-652
P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × A EC-654 M
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-656
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-656
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-658 N
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-658
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × B EC-662
O
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × B EC-664
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × A EC-666
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-669 P
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-673
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-676
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-679
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-685
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-693

Revision: August 2015 EC-545 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-669
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-673
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-676
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-679
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-685
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-693
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-705
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-709
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-705
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-709
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-485
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-717
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-717
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-720
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-720
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0307 0307 CYL 7 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0308 0308 CYL 8 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-729
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-729
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-729
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-729
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-731
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-734
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-737
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-737
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-742
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-482

Revision: August 2015 EC-546 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-753 EC
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-753
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-483
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-760 C
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-483
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-768
D
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-771
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-775
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-781 E
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-782
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-784
F
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-784
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 — 2 × B EC-785
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-787 G
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-789
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-791
H
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-791
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-793
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 1 × or — B EC-796 I
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × B EC-797
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × B EC-798
J
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × or — B EC-799
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-800
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × B EC-801 K
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-802
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-803
L
P0700 0700 TRANSMISSON CONT — 1 × B TM-87
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 — 2 × B TM-111 M
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
OUTPUT SPEED SEN-
P0720 0720 — 2 × B TM-92 N
SOR*6
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-97
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-99
O
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-101
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-103
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-105 P
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-107
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-108
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × B TM-109
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-805
P1140 1140 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-808

Revision: August 2015 EC-547 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P1145 1145 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-808
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × A EC-812
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × A EC-812
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — 2 — — EC-813
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-814
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × B EC-815
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-819
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B2 — 2 — — EC-820
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — — EC-821
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — — EC-824
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — — EC-829
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-50
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-51
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-53
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — — SEC-54
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — — SEC-56
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-831
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 1 × B TM-116
P1752 1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-119
P1757 1757 FR BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-120
P1762 1762 DRCT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-121
P1767 1767 HLR CLUTCH SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-123
P1772 1772 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-124
P1774 1774 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-125
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-832
P2096 2096 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-834
P2097 2097 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-834
P2098 2098 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-834
P2099 2099 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-834
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-838
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-841
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × B EC-838
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-844
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-846
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-848
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-848
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-851
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-851
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-855
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-858

Revision: August 2015 EC-548 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL- EC
P219A 219A — 2 × A EC-863
ANCE B1
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL-
P219B 219B — 2 × A EC-863
ANCE B2
C
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
D
*4: Refer to EC-604, "Description", “HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC”.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
E
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the ECM is in the mode displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT or GST.
F
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000012933423

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. G
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and H
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) I

Revision: August 2015 EC-549 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]

Test value and Test


limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 92H 01H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 94H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

Revision: August 2015 EC-550 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0144 08H 0CH


Maximum sensor output voltage for F
03H test cycle
(Bank 1)
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle

HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J


P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015C 92H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015D 93H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1

Revision: August 2015 EC-551 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015D 94H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for


07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage

CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst


LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

Revision: August 2015 EC-552 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 83H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
I
P0021 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 83H 9DH J
drive failure diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
P0021 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
alignment check diagnosis)
L
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052C
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

Revision: August 2015 EC-553 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
P0030 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
P0036 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Low Input: P0057 Converted value of heater electric cur-
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
46H High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on

Revision: August 2015 EC-554 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim

P0171 or P0172 81H 24H


The number of lambda control C
clamped
P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- D
P219C 83H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #1 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- E
P219D 84H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #2 cylinder parameter
Fuel injection system function
81H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
(Bank 1)
P219E 85H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
F
sor) method #3 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- G
sor) method #4 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A0 87H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- H
FUEL sor) method #5 cylinder parameter
SYSTEM Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A2 89H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
I
sor) method #7 cylinder parameter
P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
The number of lambda control J
P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- K
P219D 84H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #2 cylinder parameter
Fuel injection system function
82H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- L
(Bank 2)
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #4 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A1 88H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- M
sor) method #6 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A3 8AH 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- N
sor) method #8 cylinder parameter

Revision: August 2015 EC-555 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0303 8BH 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders

Revision: August 2015 EC-556 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56DE]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No. 2 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving E
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
A4H No. 3 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No. 4 cylinder misfire ing cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
I
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No. 5 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0305 0CH 24H J
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No. 6 cylinder misfire ing cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No. 7 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving M
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-557 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram—ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM— INFOID:0000000012524647

AABWA1052GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-558 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

ABBWA1543GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-559 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

ABBWA1246GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-560 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

ABBWA1247GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-561 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

ABBWA1544GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-562 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

ABBIA2152GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-563 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

ABBIA2840GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-564 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

ABBIA2153GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-565 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

ABBIA2154GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-566 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

ABBIA2155GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-567 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1660GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-568 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

AABIA1661GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-569 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1662GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-570 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

AABIA1663GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-571 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1664GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-572 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

AABIA1665GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-573 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1666GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-574 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

AABIA1667GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-575 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1668GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-576 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

EC

AABIA1669GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-577 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56DE]

AABIA1670GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-578 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012524648
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JSBIA0123GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-579 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

*1: Include 1st trip DTC.


*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.

DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-582, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.

Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.


No Malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC of “All DTC Reading”.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-894, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-898, "Description" and EC-
542, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-898, "Description" and EC-
542, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-543, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.

Revision: August 2015 EC-580 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during A
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
EC
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
C
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-584, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT? D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE E

With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA- F
B2” are within the SP value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-
610, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value? G
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE H
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
I
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE J
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-894, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
K
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
L
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspec- M
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. N
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART O

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. P
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".

>> GO TO 12.

Revision: August 2015 EC-581 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM ( With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read
DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-518, "CONSULT Function", Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to
Read Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function").
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
2. Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-604, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END.


Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012524649

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.

Revision: August 2015 EC-582 2016 NV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A

EC

L
MTBL0017

Revision: August 2015 EC-583 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524650

1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leakage
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Head lamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature


indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 min-


utes under no load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.

Revision: August 2015 EC-584 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load,
then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-590, "Description".
E

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-591, "Description".

G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-592, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-40, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement". P

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-900, "Inspection".
Revision: August 2015 EC-585 2016 NV NAM
BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-590, "Description".

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-591, "Description".

>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-592, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-900, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-194, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)

Revision: August 2015 EC-586 2016 NV NAM


BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-588, "Description". A

>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END EC

If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-588, "Description".
C
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-587 2016 NV NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000012524651

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-588, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524652

1.SAVE ECM DATA


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)

>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: August 2015 EC-588 2016 NV NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- EC
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-40, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". C

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA F
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. G
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
H
>> GO TO 10.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
I
Refer to EC-595, "Description".

>> GO TO 10. J
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-590, "Description".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING L
Refer to EC-591, "Description".

>> GO TO 12. M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-592, "Description". N

>> END
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-589 2016 NV NAM


ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000012524653

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. (For details, refer
to EC-590, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524654

1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-590 2016 NV NAM


THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524655

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned. (For details, refer to EC-591, "Work Procedure".)
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524656

1.START D
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

I
>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-591 2016 NV NAM


IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000012524657

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
(For details, refer to EC-592, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524658

1.PRECONDITIONING
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the head lamp will not illuminate.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates
less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
1. Perform EC-590, "Description".
2. Perform EC-591, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-590, "Description".
2. Perform EC-591, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and turns ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-592 2016 NV NAM


IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON.
9. Start engine and let it idle. A
10. Wait 20 seconds.

EC

D
SEC897C

>> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine 2 or 3 times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection" and EC-900, "Inspection". F
For specifications, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed" and EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I H
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
I
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of K
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-610, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and L
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Incorrect idle.
M

>> INSPECTION END


N

Revision: August 2015 EC-593 2016 NV NAM


MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000012524659

This describes show to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. (For details, refer to EC-594, "Work Proce-
dure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524660

1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-594 2016 NV NAM


VIN REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
VIN REGISTRATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524661

VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. (For EC
details, refer to EC-595, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524662

1.CHECK VIN D
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Identification Number".

>> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT F
1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
G

>> END
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-595 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
FUEL PRESSURE
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524663

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE


1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). Refer to
PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

>> END

ALBIA0730ZZ

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK


CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains sealability.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [— (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] to check fuel
pressure.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, rear defog, A/C, etc.).
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in mani-
fold vacuum.
• Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [— (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-
6)], release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”.
2. Remove engine cover. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
3. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [— (J-45488)]. Refer to EM-181, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
CAUTION:
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.

Revision: August 2015 EC-596 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
4. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] and Fuel Pres-
sure Gauge kit [— (J-44321)] as shown in figure. A
CAUTION:
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel
pressure gauge adapter.
EC
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose
for damage and abnormality.
5. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for
fuel leakage. C
6. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
7. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
BBIA0390E
CAUTION: D
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)


E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK FUEL HOSES
Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging G
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location". I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-597 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Description INFOID:0000000012524664

OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
EVAP control system P0456
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D
P014E, P014F
P015A, P015B
P015C, P015D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
EGR/VVT SYSTEM Intake valve timing control function P0011, P0021
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

Revision: August 2015 EC-598 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A

EC

K
JSBIA0400GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524665


L
CAUTION:
M

Revision: August 2015 EC-599 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.

JPBIA5322GB

*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

Revision: August 2015 EC-600 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524666
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST G
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 10. H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-599, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".

Revision: August 2015 EC-601 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).

>> GO TO 8.

PBIB2244E

8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main-
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.

>> GO TO 9.

JSBIA0160GB

9.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

Revision: August 2015 EC-602 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

11.CHECK PERMANENT DTC A


NOTE:
Permanent DTC cannot be checked with a tool other than CONSULT or GST.
With CONSULT EC
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Select Service $0A with GST.
C
Is permanent DTC(s) detected?
YES >> Go to EC-604, "Description".
NO >> END
D

Revision: August 2015 EC-603 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
Description INFOID:0000000012524667

OUTLINE
When a DTC is stored in ECM
When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.

JSBIA0063GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (driving pattern B) without
will illuminate. any malfunctions.

When a DTC is not stored in ECM


The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
NOTE:
If the applicable permanent DTC includes multiple groups, perform the procedure of Group B first. If the per-
manent DTC is not erased, perform the procedure of Group A.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO- Driving pattern


Group* CEDURE” for applicable DTCs.
Reference
B D
EC-605, "Work Pro-
A × — —
cedure (Group A)"
EC-607, "Work Pro-
B — × ×
cedure (Group B)"
*: For group, refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
PERMANENT DTC ITEM
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".

Revision: August 2015 EC-604 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
PERMANENT DTC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A

EC

H
JSBIA0401GB

Work Procedure (Group A) INFOID:0000000012524668

JSBIA0064GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-605 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de-


tected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-
518, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
ECM. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END

Revision: August 2015 EC-606 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Work Procedure (Group B) INFOID:0000000012524669

EC

J
JSBIA0068GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing K
driving pattern B or D.

NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the L
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
• When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is
counted by priority.
M
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected? N
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-
518, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-607 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN D
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving
pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".

>> GO TO 4.
4.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN B
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving
pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT to drive the vehicle according to driv-
ing pattern B. Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-608 2016 NV NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected? A
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END
EC

Revision: August 2015 EC-609 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000012524670

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524671

1.START
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” (A/T
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform “EC-584, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-610 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524672

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
JMBIA1468GB

Revision: August 2015 EC-611 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

PBIB3214E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-610, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.

Revision: August 2015 EC-612 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG A
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each I
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M

>> INSPECTION END


6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-11, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. P
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation", and then
GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 8.
Revision: August 2015 EC-613 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”


1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following below.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-882, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-877, "Component Function Check".)
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-163, "Checking Compression Pressure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-181, "Exploded View", and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-669, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-673, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-676, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, refer to EC-699, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099, refer to EC-834, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.

Revision: August 2015 EC-614 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A


1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-894, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.

Revision: August 2015 EC-615 2016 NV NAM


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-645, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
2. Refer to EC-588, "Description".

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location",and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
Revision: August 2015 EC-616 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid A
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
EC
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.
C
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value. D
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-894, "Symptom Table". E
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within F
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-894, "Symptom Table".

Revision: August 2015 EC-617 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524673

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Location Fuse No. Capacity


FUSE BLOCK (J/B) #12 10 A
IPDM E/R #53 20 A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit. (If the replaced fuse is blown again, check
the power supply circuit upstream of IPDM E/R or fuse box [J/B].)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F72 1
115 Ground Existed
E77
116
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
119
E77 116 Battery voltage
120
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. JPBIA5416ZZ

NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-618 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following. A

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
119 After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery
C
E77 116 Drop to 0
120 voltage will exist for
a few seconds JPBIA5421ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? D


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
F
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

G
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
119
E77 E119 4 Existed
120
I
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per K
the following.

ECM L
+ − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
Ignition switch ON Approx. 0
Turn ignition
E77 111 E77 116 switch OFF and Battery
wait at least 10 voltage JPBIA5419ZZ
N
seconds.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-619 2016 NV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 111 E119 7 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch
Approx. 0
E77 109 116 OFF
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5418ZZ

YES >> GO TO 11.


NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connector.

+ −
ECM FUSE BLOCK (J/B) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 109 E51 2T Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 121 E77 116 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident". JPBIA5414ZZ
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-620 2016 NV NAM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E77 121 E121 30 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E

Revision: August 2015 EC-621 2016 NV NAM


U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000012524674

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524675

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• CAN communication line between
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
TCM and ECM
U0101 (Lost communication communication signal of OBD (emission-related
• CAN communication line open or
with TCM) diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
shorted

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524676

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

Revision: August 2015 EC-622 2016 NV NAM


U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524677

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524678
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content) F
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- • Harness or connectors
U1001 (CAN communication munication signal other than OBD (emission related (CAN communication line is open or
line) diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted) G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524679

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart". K

Revision: August 2015 EC-623 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524680

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-636, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P1140 or P1145, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1140, P1145. Refer to EC-808, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
[Intake valve timing • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0011
control performance • Intake valve control solenoid valve
(bank 1)] There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
[Intake valve timing • Timing chain installation
P0021 • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
control performance
(bank 2)] take valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1200 - 2,000 rpm


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
Selector lever P or N position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-625, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-624 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
YES >> Proceed to EC-625, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524681

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP F


1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated. G
Is oil pressure warming lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-25, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2. H

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control position
sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
Intake valve timing control position sensor −
(Approx.) M
Connector Terminal
F62 (Bank 1) 3
Ground Battery voltage
F64 (Bank 2) 3 N
Is the inspection result normal? SEF509Y

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-625 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
Intake valve timing control position sensor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F62 (Bank 1) 1
Ground Existed
F64 (Bank 2) 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
Intake valve timing control
ECM Continuity
position sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 (Bank 1) 2 72
F72 Existed
F64 (Bank 2) 2 53
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen-
sor (RH)".
6.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F61 (Bank 1) 2 Battery volt-
Ground
F63 (Bank 2) 2 age

Is the inspection result normal? PBIB0192E

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
Revision: August 2015 EC-626 2016 NV NAM
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC
+ −
Intake valve timing control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 (Bank 1) 1 10
F72 Existed D
F63 (Bank 2) 1 11
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-628, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Solenoid Valve)".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve H
(RH)".
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) I
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. J
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
K
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".
11.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) M
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft O
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-200,
"Exploded View".

JMBIA0058ZZ

12.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION


Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-194, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: August 2015 EC-627 2016 NV NAM
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Check lubrication circuit. Refer to LU-23, "Lubrication Circuit".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524682

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as per the following.

Intake valve timing control solenoid


valve
Resistance (Ω)
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.1 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground PBIB0193E
2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
(RH)".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Sole-
noid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve (RH)".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB2275E

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control
Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve (RH)".
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000012524683

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Posi-
tion Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (RH)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-628 2016 NV NAM


P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A

EC

SEF362Z

D
5. Check resistance between intake valve timing control position
sensor terminals as per the following.
E
Intake valve timing control position sen-
sor
Resistance (Ω) [at 25°C (77°F)] F
+ −
Terminal
3 1
G
2 1 Except 0 or ∞
PBIB0194E
3 2
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen- I
sor (RH)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-629 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524684

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) Deterioration in A/F sensor 1 heater performance. • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (Voltage signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1 heat- (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0030
1 heater (bank 1) perfor- er to ECM is higher/lower than voltage in the normal open or shorted.)
mance] range .) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031
1 heater (bank 1) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032
1 heater (bank 1) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit high] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) Deterioration in A/F sensor 1 heater performance. • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (Voltage signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1 heat- (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0036
1 heater (bank 2) perfor- er to ECM is higher/lower than voltage in the normal open or shorted.)
mance] range .) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0051
1 heater (bank 2) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0052
1 heater (bank 2) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit high] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524685

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-630 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and
ground. A

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage EC
Bank Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1 Battery
Ground C
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1 voltage

Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ

YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
F
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I

3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 2 2
F72 24 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 2 M
43
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER O

Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524686

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-631 2016 NV NAM


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
2 1.98 - 2.66 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 3
4 ∞
3 (Continuity should not exist)
2
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".

JPBIA5381ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-632 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524687

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 D
heater (bank 1) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater E
P0038
heater (bank 1) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors F
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057
heater (bank 2) control (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors G
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
heater (bank 2) control (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at K
idle.

>> GO TO 2. L

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. N
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-633, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524688

1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-633 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
DTC HO2S2 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F73 2
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5433ZZ

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect HO2S2 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 2
E119 8 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F73 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
DTC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 3 6
F72 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F73 3 25
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-634, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524689

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-634 2016 NV NAM


P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
A
Heated oxygen sensor 2
+ − Resistance (Ω)
EC
Terminal
2 3 8 - 10 [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 C
1 3
4 ∞
1 (Continuity should not exist) D

4 2
3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer F
to EX-5, "Exploded View".

G
SEF249Y

Revision: August 2015 EC-635 2016 NV NAM


P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524690

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075 [Intake valve timing control so- • Harness or connectors
lenoid valve (bank 1) circuit] An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
P0081 [Intake valve timing control so- • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524691

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve harness connector and ground with CONSULT or tester.

+
Voltage
DTC IVT control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F61 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F63 2
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB0192E

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-636 2016 NV NAM


P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. A

+ −
DTC IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity EC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F61 1 10
F72 Existed C
P0081 2 F63 1 11
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Solenoid Valve)".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve
G
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
(RH)".
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524692 H

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as per the following. J

Intake valve timing control solenoid


valve
Resistance (Ω) K
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.1 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] L
1 ∞Ω
Ground PBIB0193E
2 (Continuity should not exist)
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve N
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
(RH)".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II O
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Sole-
noid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve (RH)".
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-637 2016 NV NAM


P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB2275E

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control
Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve (RH)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-638 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524693

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors D
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
• A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 ed.)
ECM under light load driving condition.
P0101 [Mass air flow (MAF) sensor cir- • Intake air leaks (e.g. poor connection)
• A low voltage from the sensor is sent to E
cuit range/performance] • MAF sensor
ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- G
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions: J
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
K
Selector lever Suitable position
Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
NOTE: L
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-639, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524694

1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM O

Check the following for connection.


• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses P
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Revision: August 2015 EC-639 2016 NV NAM
P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F72 51 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: August 2015 EC-640 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

7.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A


Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO >> Replace MAF sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR C
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK MAF SENSOR E
Check MAF sensor. Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. F
NO >> Replace MAF sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524695

I
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. K
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V) L


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3
MAS A/F SE-B1 M
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. N
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
O
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Revision: August 2015 EC-641 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Revision: August 2015 EC-642 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. A

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
C
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1 D
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.
I
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3 J
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
K
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. M

ECM
N
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine O
Approx. 0.4
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.) JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 P
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-643 2016 NV NAM


P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace MAF sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".

Revision: August 2015 EC-644 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524696

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102 (Mass air flow sensor circuit
sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
low input) D
• Mass air flow sensor
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (Mass air flow sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
high input) • Mass air flow sensor E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Which DTC is detected? H
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 I
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I K

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.


2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4. M
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524697

P
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Revision: August 2015 EC-645 2016 NV NAM
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-646 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F53 4 F72 51 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D

Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-647, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012936136

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I G


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication. I

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 J
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
K
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals M
under the following conditions.

ECM N
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
O
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
P
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-647 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)


Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

Revision: August 2015 EC-648 2016 NV NAM


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.
A
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4* C
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
E
under the following conditions.

ECM
F
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine G
Approx. 0.4
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.) JPBIA5383ZZ
H
F72 51 67
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)

Idle to about 4,000 rpm


0.9 – 1.3 to I
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace MAF sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location". K

Revision: August 2015 EC-649 2016 NV NAM


P0111 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0111 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524699

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
IAT SENSOR 1 B1 • Harness or connectors
sensor, ECT sensor and FTT sensor) shows
[Intake air temperature (IAT) (High or low resistance in the IAT sen-
P0111 that the voltage signal of the IAT sensor is
sensor circuit range/perfor- sor circuit)
higher/lower than that of other temperature
mance] • IAT sensor
sensors when the engine is started with its
cold state.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-651, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the IAT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-651, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.

Revision: August 2015 EC-650 2016 NV NAM


P0111 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
YES >> Proceed to EC-651, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524700

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) termi-
D
nals as follows.

Mass air flow sensor


E
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200 F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
G
JPBIA5410ZZ
Incident".
NO >> Proceed to EC-651, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524701
H

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR


Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-651, "Component Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EC-471, J
"ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524702

K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) termi-
nals as follows.
M
Mass air flow sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
N
Terminal
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- P
tion".

Revision: August 2015 EC-651 2016 NV NAM


P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524703

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 (Intake air temperature
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • Intake air temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0113 (Intake air temperature
sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-652, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524704

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector and ground.

+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 5 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB1169E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-652 2016 NV NAM


P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F53 6 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR D

Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-653, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524705

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) termi- H
nals as follows.

Mass air flow sensor I


+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
J
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ K
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
L

Revision: August 2015 EC-653 2016 NV NAM


P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0116 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524706

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
ECT SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
sensor, ECT sensor and FTT sensor) shows
[Engine coolant temperature (High or low resistance in the ECT
P0116 that the voltage signal of the ECT sensor is
(ECT) sensor circuit range/per- sensor circuit)
higher/lower than that of other temperature
formance] • ECT sensor
sensors when the engine is started with its
cold state.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-655, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the ECT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-655, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.

Revision: August 2015 EC-654 2016 NV NAM


P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
YES >> Proceed to EC-655, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524707

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
D
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

E
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal F
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 G
PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Proceed to EC-655, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524708

I
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Check ECT sensor. Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524709

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR L


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View". M
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following.

N
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal O
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260
P
PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-655 2016 NV NAM


P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524710

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
ECT SEN/CIRC
(Engine coolant tem- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117
perature sensor cir- sent to ECM.
cuit low input) • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
ECT SEN/CIRC • Engine coolant temperature sensor
(Engine coolant tem- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118
perature sensor cir- sent to ECM.
cuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-656, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524711

1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F205 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB0080E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-656 2016 NV NAM


P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F205 2 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-657, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View". F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524712

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View". H
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following.
I
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
J
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)] K
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-657 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524713

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-803, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit low input) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle position sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-658, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524714

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator har-
ness connector terminals.

Electric throttle control actuator


Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F50 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. JPBIA5385ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-658 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2 A


Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness
connector and ground.
EC
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6. PBIB2604E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.

+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F50 2 F72 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
K
+ −
ECM Sensor
L
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1 M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. O
• APP sensor (Refer to EC-849, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-659 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F72 69 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-660, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524715

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-591, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.

Revision: August 2015 EC-660 2016 NV NAM


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. A

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50 C
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View". E

Revision: August 2015 EC-661 2016 NV NAM


P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524716

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-
654, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-656, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
ECT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
practical, even when some time has passed
(Insufficient engine cool- (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 after starting the engine.
ant temperature for • Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control) • Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 31°C (88°F).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the temperature above 31°C (88°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 31°C (88°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
Never overheat engine.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-662 2016 NV NAM


P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524717

A
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
C
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the
engine coolant does not flow. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Exploded View". E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524718

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
G
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following.
H
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
I
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00 J
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-663 2016 NV NAM


P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524719

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
IAT SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0127 (Intake air temperature sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
too high) from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Intake air temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-664, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524720

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: August 2015 EC-664 2016 NV NAM


P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location". A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524721

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) termi- C
nals as follows.

Mass air flow sensor


D

+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)


Terminal E
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion". G

Revision: August 2015 EC-665 2016 NV NAM


P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524722

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307 or P0308,
first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307 or
P0308. Refer to EC-723, "DTC Logic".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
THERMSTAT FNCTN • Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
[Coolant thermostat (coolant • Leakage from sealing portion of ther-
P0128 reach to specified temperature even though
temperature below thermostat mostat
the engine has run long enough.
regulating temperature)] • Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Never refuel before and during the following procedure.
1.PRECONDITIONING-I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the following conditions:

Ambient temperature −10°C (14°F) or more


A/C switch OFF
Blower fan switch OFF
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the following conditions:

COOLAN TEMP/S −10°C – 52°C (14 – 126°F)


Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Satisfy the condition.
2. GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
- STEP 1

Revision: August 2015 EC-666 2016 NV NAM


P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Drive the vehicle under the conditions instructed below until the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and
“FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes at least 25°C (77°F). A

COOLAN TEMP/S 71°C (160°F) or less


FUEL T/TMP SE Less than the value calculated by sub- EC
tracting 25°C (77°F) from “COOLAN
TEMP/S”.*
- STEP 2 C
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more with the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “FUEL
T/TMP SE” maintained at 25°C (77°F) or more.
NOTE: D
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
- STEP 3
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more until “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases by 6°C (43°F).
NOTE: E
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
G
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
H
COOLAN TEMP/S 71°C (160°F) or more
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-667, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524723
K
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-667, "Component Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View". M
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Exploded View".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524724

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR P


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-667 2016 NV NAM


P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following.

ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-668 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524725

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Harness or connectors D
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0130 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
or shorted.)
(bank 1) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. E
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • Harness or connectors
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open F
P0150 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
or shorted.)
(bank 2) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- H
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. M
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I P

1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Revision: August 2015 EC-669 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

ENG SPEED 850 - 3,200 rpm


VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever D position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524726

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
8. Stop the vehicle.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-670 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524727

A
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and
ground.
C
+
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.) D
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0150 2 F5 1 E
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
P0130 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0150 2 F5 1
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − M
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
3 56
P0130 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75 O
P0150 2 F5
4 16
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. P

Revision: August 2015 EC-671 2016 NV NAM


P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0130 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0150 2 F5
4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
P0130
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0150
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-672 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524728

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
D
P0131 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit low voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
P0151 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 E
(bank 2) circuit low voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication. K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
5. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
P
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.

Revision: August 2015 EC-673 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524729

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0151 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0151 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
P0131 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
P0151 2 F5
4 16

Revision: August 2015 EC-674 2016 NV NAM


P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. A

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0131 1 F65 C
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0151 2 F5
4 D

+
E
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56 F
P0131
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0151 G
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K

Revision: August 2015 EC-675 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524730

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0132 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit high voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
P0152 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit high voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
5. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm


VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.

Revision: August 2015 EC-676 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1. A
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524731

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY D


1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and E
ground.

+ F
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
G
P0132 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
K
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1 L
E119 8 Existed
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. O

+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity P
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
P0132 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
P0152 2 F5
4 16

Revision: August 2015 EC-677 2016 NV NAM


P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0132 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0152 2 F5
4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
P0132
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0152
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-678 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524732

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D

E
JPBIA5444GB

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0137
2 (bank 1) circuit low (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) H
voltage] The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
[Heated oxygen sensor • Fuel injector
P0157 • Intake air leakage I
2 (bank 2) circuit low
voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


J
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: N
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

>> GO TO 3. O

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

Revision: August 2015 EC-679 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-680, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524733

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage
Revving up to 4,000 should be above
F72 78 rpm under no load at 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 least 10 times once during this JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Revision: August 2015 EC-680 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions. A

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage
should be above
C
Keeping engine at
F72 78 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 idle for 10 minutes
once during this JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
F
the following conditions.

ECM
G
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage H
Coasting from 80
should be above
km/h (50 MPH) with
F72 78 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 selector lever in the
once during this
D position JPBIA5387ZZ
I
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524734

K
1.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. L
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector. O

+ −
P
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0157 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-681 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0157 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F73 4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0137 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0157 74
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-682, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524735

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

Revision: August 2015 EC-682 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT. A
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.

EC

D
JSBIA2282GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
F
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

I
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal J
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Revving up to 4,000
this procedure.
F72 78 rpm under no load K
74 The voltage should be below
at least 10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II M

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under


the following conditions. N

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage O
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during P
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.

Revision: August 2015 EC-683 2016 NV NAM


P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III


Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-684 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524736

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time. C
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut. D

PBIB1848E

G
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel-cut. H

PBIB2376E

Trouble diagnosis name K


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen- L
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
HO2S2 (B1) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0138
2 (bank 1) circuit high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) M
voltage] The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
N
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
HO2S2 (B2) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
[Heated oxygen sensor O
P0158 • Harness or connectors
2 (bank 2) circuit high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
voltage] The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure P
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-685 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-687, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-686 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524737

A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals D
under the following conditions.

ECM
E
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 55 The voltage F
Revving up to 4,000 should be below
F72 78 rpm under no load 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 at least 10 times once during this
procedure.
JPBIA5387ZZ
G

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under I
the following conditions.

ECM J
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal
K
P0138 55 The voltage
Keeping engine should be below
F72 78 speed at idle for 10 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 minutes once during this L
JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal P
P0138 55 The voltage
Coasting from 80 km/
should be below
h (50 MPH) with se-
F72 78 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 lector lever in the D
once during this
position JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: August 2015 EC-687 2016 NV NAM
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524738

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0158 2 F73 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0158 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

DTC HO2S2 − Continuity


Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F73 4

Revision: August 2015 EC-688 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ A
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
P0138 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0158 74
3. Also check harness for short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-690, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". F
6.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-709, "DTC Logic".
H
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity K
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed L
P0158 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

O
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
P0138 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0158 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-689 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F73 4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0138 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0158 74
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-690, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524739

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.

JSBIA2282GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-690 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". A
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. C
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
D
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector E
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Revving up to 4,000
this procedure. F
F72 78 rpm under no load
74 The voltage should be below
at least 10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions. I

ECM
J
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above K
0.73 V at least once during
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during L
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal P
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-691 2016 NV NAM


P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-692 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524740

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut. D

E
SEF302U

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0139
2 (bank 1) circuit slow (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The switching time between rich and lean of a H
response] • Heated oxygen sensor 2
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
HO2S2 (B2) • Fuel system
than the specified time computed by ECM.
[Heated oxygen sensor • EVAP system
P0159 • Intake air system I
2 (bank 2) circuit slow
response]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


J
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: N
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).

>> GO TO 3. O

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

Revision: August 2015 EC-693 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
9. Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Enable the engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.

DTC Data monitor item Status


HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
P0139
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
P0159
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
1. Open engine hood.
2. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-695, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-694 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524741

A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals D
under the following conditions.

ECM
E
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 55 A change of volt- F
Revving up to
age should be
4,000 rpm under
F72 78 more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 no load at least
1 second during
10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
G
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under I
the following conditions.

ECM J
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
K
P0139 55 A change of volt-
Keeping engine age should be
F72 78 at idle for 10 min- more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 utes 1 second during L
JPBIA5387ZZ
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal P
P0139 55 A change of volt-
Coasting from 80 age should be
F72 78 km/h (50 MPH) in more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 D position 1 second during JPBIA5387ZZ
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: August 2015 EC-695 2016 NV NAM
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524742

1.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE


1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic"
or EC-709, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0159 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0159 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F73 4

+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0139 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0159 74

Revision: August 2015 EC-696 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 EC

Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524743
D

1.INSPECTION START
E
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
F
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT. I
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.

L
JSBIA2282GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
O
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P

Revision: August 2015 EC-697 2016 NV NAM


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Revving up to 4,000
this procedure.
F72 78 rpm under no load
74 The voltage should be below
at least 10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-698 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SEN-
A
SOR 1
Description INFOID:0000000012524744
EC
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. C
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich. E
JMBIA0112GB

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this F
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F). G

PBIB3354E
I

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524745

J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
K
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P014C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit slow re-
P014D sponse M
P015A Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit delayed re- • Harness or connectors
P015B sponse • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal de-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or N
lays more than the specified time computed by
P014E Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shorted.)
ECM.
(bank 2) circuit slow re- • A/F sensor 1
P014F sponse
O
P015C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit delayed re-
P015D sponse
P
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: August 2015 EC-699 2016 NV NAM
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".

DTC Data monitor item Status


• P014C
• P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
• P015A
• P015B
PRSNT
• P014E
• P014F
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
• P015C
• P015D
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".

DTC Data monitor item Status


• P014C A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
• P014D
• P015A A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
• P015B
CMPLT
• P014E A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
• P014F
• P015C A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
• P015D
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?

Revision: August 2015 EC-700 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check". A
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT EC
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-701, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. E
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. F
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
G
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel H
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve I
• Mass air flow sensor

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. J


8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-701, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524746

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-701 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1922E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?


YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic"
or EC-709, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C
• P014D
1 F65 1
• P015A
• P015B
Ground Battery voltage
• P014E
• P014F
2 F5 1
• P015C
• P015D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• IPDM E/R harness connector E119
• 15 A fuse (No. 54)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

Revision: August 2015 EC-702 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. A


8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
• P014C 3 56 D
• P014D
1 F65
• P015A 4 35
• P015B
F72 Existed E
• P014E 3 75
• P014F
2 F5
• P015C 4 16
• P015D F
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
G
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
H
• P014C 3
• P014D
1 F65
• P015A 4
• P015B I
Ground Not existed
• P014E 3
• P014F
2 F5
• P015C 4 J
• P015D

ECM K
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C 56
• P014D
1
L
• P015A 35
• P015B
F72 Ground Not existed
• P014E 75
M
• P014F
2
• P015C 16
• P015D
5. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O

9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2).
Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-703 2016 NV NAM


P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-903, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace.
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-704 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524747

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
D
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
tent)
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Intake air leakage
P0171 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1 G
lean (bank 1)] • Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leakage
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) H
P0174 [Fuel injection system too • Lack of fuel
lean (bank 2)] • Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- J
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Start engine. M
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. O
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. P
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: August 2015 EC-705 2016 NV NAM
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524748

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE


1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?


YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-706 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
3 56
P0171 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75 C
P0174 2 F5
4 16
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. D

+
E
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3 F
P0171 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0174 2 F5 G
4

+ H
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
I
P0171
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75 J
P0174
16
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE L

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".


2. Install fuel pressure gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-596, "Work Proce- M
dure".

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)


N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. O
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-18, "Disassembly and Assembly".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-707 2016 NV NAM


P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-708 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524749

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D


Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) F
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
rich (bank 1)] • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector G
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leakage
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175 [Fuel injection system too • Mass air flow sensor
rich (bank 2)] H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
N
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the O
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-709 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524750

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE


1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?


YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM


DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
P0172 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
P0175 2 F5
4 16
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-710 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

A/F sensor 1 A
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0172 1 F65 EC
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0175 2 F5
4 C

ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
Connector Terminal
56
P0172
35 E
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0175
16
F
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure". H
2. Install fuel pressure gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-596, "Work Proce-
dure".
I
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. L
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. M
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR O

With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-711 2016 NV NAM


P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Check fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. Refer
to EM-181, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-712 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524751

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Rationally incorrect voltage from the • Harness or connectors
sensor is sent to ECM, compared with (The FTT sensor circuit is open or
A)
the voltage signals from ECT sensor shorted)
and intake air temperature sensor. • FTT sensor D
FTT SENSOR The comparison result of signals trans-
[Fuel tank temperature (FTT) mitted to ECM from each temperature
P0181
sensor circuit range/perfor- sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor and • Harness or connectors E
mance] FTT sensor) shows that the voltage (High or low resistance in the FTT
B)
signal of the FTT sensor is higher/low- sensor circuit)
er than that of other temperature sen- • FTT sensor
sors when the engine is started with its F
cold state.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G
1.INSPECTION START
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-I L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE N

With CONSULT
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
O
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-II
With CONSULT
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).

Revision: August 2015 EC-713 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MALFUNCTION B)
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-714, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the FTT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524752

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-714 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump EC
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7
C
Temperature [°C
4 5
(°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524753 G

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-713, "DTC Logic". H
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5. I
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". K
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(main) harness connector and ground. M

+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel Voltage N

pump (main) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V O

Is the inspection result normal?


PBIB0932E
YES >> GO TO 5. P
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel tank temperature sensor (main) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-715 2016 NV NAM


P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
ECM Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E77 107 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector and combi-
nation meter harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
Combination meter Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-716, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524754

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-18, "Disassembly and Assembly".
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal

Temperature [°C 20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7


4 5
(°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-18, "Disassembly and Assem-
bly".

Revision: August 2015 EC-716 2016 NV NAM


P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524755

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0182 (Fuel tank temperature D
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT • Fuel tank temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0183 (Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input)
sent to ECM. E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-717, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524756
K

1.INSPECTION START
L
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-713, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. M
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". O
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-717 2016 NV NAM


P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(main) harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel Voltage

pump (main) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0932E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel tank temperature sensor (main) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
ECM Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E77 107 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector and combi-
nation meter harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
Combination meter Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-718, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524757

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: August 2015 EC-718 2016 NV NAM
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

Fuel level sensor unit


and fuel pump EC
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7
C
Temperature [°C
4 5
(°F)] 50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
JPBIA5420ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-719 2016 NV NAM


P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524758

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-803, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit low input) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle position sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-720, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524759

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator har-
ness connector terminals.

Electric throttle control actuator


Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F50 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. JPBIA5385ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-2
Revision: August 2015 EC-720 2016 NV NAM
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. A
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator har-
ness connector and ground.
EC

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator − C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB2604E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.

+ − G
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT J
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

K
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal L
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1 M

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector. O

+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
P

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal


F50 1 F72 50 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.

Revision: August 2015 EC-721 2016 NV NAM


P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-722, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524760

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-591, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-722 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MIS-
A
FIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524761
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. C

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire D
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
E
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change. F
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. G
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
H
illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP
sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
I
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
MULTI CYL MISFIRE J
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire.
(Multiple cylinder misfires detected)
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(No. 1 cylinder misfire detected) K
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Improper spark plug
(No. 2 cylinder misfire detected)
• Insufficient compression
CYL 3 MISFIRE • Incorrect fuel pressure L
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires.
(No. 3 cylinder misfire detected) • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Intake air leakage
(No. 4 cylinder misfire detected)
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted M
CYL 5 MISFIRE • Lack of fuel
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfires.
(No. 5 cylinder misfire detected) • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
CYL 6 MISFIRE N
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect PCV hose connection
(No. 6 cylinder misfire detected)
CYL 7 MISFIRE
P0307 No. 7 cylinder misfires.
(No. 7 cylinder misfire detected) O
CYL 8 MISFIRE
P0308 No. 8 cylinder misfires.
(No. 8 cylinder misfire detected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: August 2015 EC-723 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-724, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.

Engine speed Time


Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-724, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524762

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION


Check the following.
• Connection condition of the ground F2, F10 and F16
• Connection condition of the ground harness between the engine assembly and vehicle body (if equipped)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-724 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE AND PCV HOSE A


1. Start the engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leakage.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
EC
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop the engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. E
4.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT F
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 5.
H
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector make operation sound. I

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure". K

PBIB3332E L
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION: M
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installa-
tion". N
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure. O
3. Start the engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. P
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.

Revision: August 2015 EC-725 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB

not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the


electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard and Limit".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III


1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the
spark plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard
and Limit".
10.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-163, "Checking Compression Pressure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-726 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. A
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
11.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
EC
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-596, "Work Proce-
dure". C

At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)


D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
E
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
13.CHECK IGNITION TIMING G

Check idle speed and ignition timing.


For procedure, refer to EC-584, "Work Procedure". H
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed" and EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. I
NO >> Follow the EC-584, "Work Procedure".
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. K

+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity L
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
1 F65 M
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
2 F5
4 16 N
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
O
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
P
Bank Connector Terminal
3
1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
2 F5
4

Revision: August 2015 EC-727 2016 NV NAM


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
16
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2. For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-894, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Func-
tion".

>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: August 2015 EC-728 2016 NV NAM


P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524763

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 [Knock sensor (bank 1) cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit low input]
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0328 [Knock sensor (bank 1) cir-
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit high input]
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 • Knock sensor
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0332 [Knock sensor (bank 2) cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit low input]
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 F
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0333 [Knock sensor (bank 2) cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high input]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- H
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-729, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524764

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


N
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ground.
O
+
DTC Knock sensor − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal P
P0327, P0328 1 F213 2
Ground Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F214 2
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: August 2015 EC-729 2016 NV NAM
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
DTC Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 1 36
F72 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F214 1 15
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524765

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal as per the fol-
lowing.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.

Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] JMBIA1630ZZ

CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-730 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524766

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or D
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal shorted.]
is not detected by the ECM during the first (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
few seconds of engine cranking. (EVAP control system pressure sensor
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft circuit is shorted.) E
P0335 [Crankshaft position position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
sensor (POS) circuit] while the engine is running. shorted.)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- • Accelerator pedal position sensor F
ning. • EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Signal plate
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- J
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. L
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524767 N

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-731 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor and ground.

+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F11 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. SEF481Y
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 3 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 1 F72 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 2 F72 13 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-732 2016 NV NAM


P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
EC
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". C
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524768

D
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. E
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
230, "Exploded View". G

JMBIA0063ZZ

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II I

Check resistance crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per


the following.
J

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)


+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] K
Terminal (Polarity)
2
1 L
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3 JPBIA5388ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? M


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
N

Revision: August 2015 EC-733 2016 NV NAM


P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524769

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-803, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft (INT)
[Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Starter motor (Refer to STR-8, "System
sor (PHASE) (bank 1) during engine running.
Description".)
circuit] • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-8,
pattern during engine running.
"System Description".)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524770

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-734 2016 NV NAM


P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to CHG-10, "Work Flow (With EXP-800 NI or GR8-1200 NI)" or
CHG-13, "Work Flow (Without EXP-800 NI or GR8-1200 NI)".) A
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness con-
nector and ground.
C
+
Voltage
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
P0340 F23 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0664E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
H

DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity


Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
P0340 F23 1 F72 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
P0340 F23 2 F72 14 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.

Revision: August 2015 EC-735 2016 NV NAM


P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-200,
"Exploded View".

JMBIA0058ZZ

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524771

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position Sensor
(PHASE)".

JMBIA0065ZZ

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II


Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as
per the following.

CMP sensor (PHASE)


+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminals (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3 JPBIA5388ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-736 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524772

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor D
2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (mani-
fold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
PBIB2055E

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
[Catalyst system effi- • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 • Exhaust tube
ciency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
• Intake air leakage H
(bank 1)] ate properly.
• Fuel injector
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leakage
[Catalyst system effi- enough oxygen storage capacity.
P0430 • Spark plug
ciency below threshold • Improper ignition timing I
(bank 2)]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


J
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: N
Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.

>> GO TO 3. O

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

Revision: August 2015 EC-737 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the acceler-
ator pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-738, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524773

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Open engine hood.

Revision: August 2015 EC-738 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. A

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
P0420 55 The voltage fluctua-
tion cycle takes
C
Keeping engine
more than 5 sec-
speed at 2,500
F72 78 onds.
P0430 74 rpm constant un- JPBIA5387ZZ
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 D
der no load
→ 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524774 F

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM


Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. H

2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE


1. Start engine and run it at idle. I
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before the three way catalyst (manifold).

L
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?


YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. N
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4. O

4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING


Check idle speed and ignition timing. P
For procedure, refer to EC-584, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed" and EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-584, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Revision: August 2015 EC-739 2016 NV NAM
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-877, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB

not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the


electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuit. Refer to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Revision: August 2015 EC-740 2016 NV NAM


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard and Limit".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. EC

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III D

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.


2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
E
plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.


F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard
G
and Limit".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. I
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check that the fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
J
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 11.
K
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

Revision: August 2015 EC-741 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524775

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.

PBIB1026E

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP PURG FLOW/ EVAP control system does not operate proper-
nection of rubber tube
MON ly, EVAP control system has a leakage between
P0441 • Blocked rubber tube
(EVAP control system intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
• Cracked EVAP canister
incorrect purge flow) sure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING

Revision: August 2015 EC-742 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

C
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT. F
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II H
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
I
Selector lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm J
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 12.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F)
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2.
L
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
M
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? N
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-744, "Component Function Check".


NOTE: P
Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow
monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-743 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524776

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Without CONSULT
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
32 67
F72
(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it. JPBIA5391ZZ

9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.

Air conditioner switch ON


Head lamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524777

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-498, "EVAPORA-
TIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
4. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum exist-
ence.

Revision: August 2015 EC-744 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

PURG VOL C/V Vacuum A


100% Existed
0% Not existed
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-498, "EVAPORA- E
TIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
4. Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine. F

Vacuum should not exist.


G
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine.

Vacuum should exist.


H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. J
Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Repair EVAP purge line.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT L
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
M

O
SEF367U

Revision: August 2015 EC-745 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check that air flows freely.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.

SEF368U

6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-751, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor function. Refer to EC-768, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-771,
"DTC Logic" for DTC P0453.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leakage.
Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: August 2015 EC-746 2016 NV NAM


P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. A
NO >> Repair EVAP purge line.
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
EC
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". C

Revision: August 2015 EC-747 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524778

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. Possible cause
DTC detecting condition
The canister purge flow is detected dur-
ing the vehicle is stopped while the en- • EVAP control system pressure sensor
A gine is running, even when EVAP • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
PURG VOLUME CONT/ canister purge volume control solenoid lenoid valve
V valve is completely closed. (The valve is stuck open.)
P0443 (EVAP canister purge • EVAP canister vent control valve
volume control solenoid The canister purge flow is detected dur- • EVAP canister
valve) ing the specified driving conditions, even • Hoses
B
when EVAP canister purge volume con- (Hoses are connected incorrectly or
trol solenoid valve is completely closed. clogged.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and
vehicle is placed on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
Do you have CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
IS 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
7. Touch “START”.
8. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Revision: August 2015 EC-748 2016 NV NAM
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? A
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A EC

With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
D
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
E77 107 Ground 3.1 - 4.0 V
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. F
JPBIA4822ZZ
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5. G
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
With GST H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524779

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

N
+
EVAP canister purge volume control Voltage

solenoid valve (Approx.)
O
Connector Terminal
F15 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
PBIB2245E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-749 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 F72 45 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: August 2015 EC-750 2016 NV NAM
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-751, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING EC

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.


2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. D
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER F

Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and
EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Refer to FL-13, G
"Removal and Installation".
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 11. H
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
I

JMBIA1134GB

11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER J

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb). K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
L
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. M
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
N
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524780
O
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 EC-751 2016 NV NAM


P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity


(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2059E

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid


valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-752 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524781
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name C


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or D
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
open)
lenoid valve
E
PURG VOLUME CONT/V • Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted) lenoid valve F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-753, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524782

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
O
+
EVAP canister purge volume control Voltage
− P
solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F15 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB2245E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-753 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 F72 45 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start the engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-754, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524783

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-754 2016 NV NAM


P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. A
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
EC
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
C
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed D
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E
E

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions. G

Air passage continuity


Condition
between (A) and (B) H
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2059E

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid J


valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-755 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524784

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
VENT CONTROL VALVE
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • EVAP canister vent control valve
P0447 (EVAP canister vent control
through EVAP canister vent control valve. • Hoses
valve circuit open)
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-756, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524785

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.

Clicking sound should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
Revision: August 2015 EC-756 2016 NV NAM
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve A
harness connector and ground.

+ EC
EVAP canister vent control Voltage

valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
C6 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0152E D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and F
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ − G
EVAP canister vent control
IPDM E/R Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
C6 1 E119 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EVAP canister vent control valve harness con- K
nector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
+ −
EVAP canister vent control
ECM Continuity
valve
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C6 2 E77 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. P
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-757 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524786

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I


1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
13, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.

JMBIA0168ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II


With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ

following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)


12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

Revision: August 2015 EC-758 2016 NV NAM


P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly. A

Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON No EC
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the D
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
No
terminals (1) and (2) F
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-759 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524787

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit
P0448 (EVAP canister vent control
closed under specified driving conditions. • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve close)
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
- Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.

PBIB0972E

7. Check 1st trip DTC.


Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-760, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524788

1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: August 2015 EC-760 2016 NV NAM
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. EC
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-762, "Component Inspection".
C
Is he inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". D
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". E
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 6.

H
JMBIA1134GB

4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER


I
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
K
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage L
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". M
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
N
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
O
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-761 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524789

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I


1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
15, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.

JMBIA0168ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II


With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ

following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)


12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

Revision: August 2015 EC-762 2016 NV NAM


P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly. A

Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON No EC
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the D
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
No
terminals (1) and (2) F
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
H

Revision: August 2015 EC-763 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524790

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0451
pressure sensor perfor- control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
mance) • EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Never remove fuel filler cap during DTC confirmation procedure.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

With CONSULT>>GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Let it idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
6. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 4.
YET >> 1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
2. GO TO 1.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
With CONSULT
Check 1st trip DTC.

Revision: August 2015 EC-764 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-4
EC
With GST
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. C
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
D
YES >> Proceed to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-5 E
With GST
1. Let it idle for at least 2 hours.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. G
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END H

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524791

I
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. K
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen- L
sor harness connector and ground.

+
M
Voltage
EVAP control system pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
PBIB0138E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-765 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524792

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: August 2015 EC-766 2016 NV NAM


P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminals under the following conditions. A

ECM
Applied vacuum kPa EC
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
C
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION: D
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi). E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". F

Revision: August 2015 EC-767 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524793

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0452 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
pressure sensor low in- sent to ECM.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
put)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
107 116
E77
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. JPBIA5393ZZ

5. Turn ignition switch ON.


6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-768 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524794

A
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connector. EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. C

2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor harness connector and ground.
E
+
Voltage
EVAP control system pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal F
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0138E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- I
ness connector.

+ − J
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. N

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT

Revision: August 2015 EC-769 2016 NV NAM


P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-770, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524795

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-770 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524796

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
(EVAP control system An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0453 • EVAP canister vent control valve
pressure sensor high in- sent to ECM.
• EVAP canister
put)
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent E
control valve to vehicle frame

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). L
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals.
N
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
107 116
E77
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
P
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. JPBIA5393ZZ

6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-771 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-772, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524797

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
EVAP control system pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0138E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: August 2015 EC-772 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC

+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. F
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. G
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE H
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-774, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
K
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor L
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? M
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident". N

JMBIA1134GB

10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER P


Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 11.

Revision: August 2015 EC-773 2016 NV NAM


P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524798

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-774 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524799

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve, using the negative pressure caused by decrease of fuel temperature in the fuel tank after turning
ignition switch OFF. C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.

H
PBIB1026E

I
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or does not close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
K
• Leakage is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leakage
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leakage
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
• EVAP system has a very small leak- • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent M
[Evaporative emission
age. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 control system very
• EVAP system does not operate prop- • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
small leakage (negative
erly. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
pressure check)] N
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water O
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leakage
P
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.

Revision: August 2015 EC-775 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT.
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT.
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 3.
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-776, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524801

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-776 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. Refer to
FL-6, "Removal and Installation". EC

SEF915U

2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION D

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until
ratcheting sound is heard.
F
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Check fuel tank vacuum relief valve. Refer to EC-780, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAKAGE J

Check for EVAP leakage. Refer to EC-901, "Inspection".


Is there any leakage in EVAP line? K
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE L
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". M
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and
Installation".
O
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
P

Revision: August 2015 EC-777 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and
EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Refer to FL-13,
"Removal and Installation".
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 10.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 11.

JMBIA1134GB

8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER


Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.

Vacuum should exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.

Vacuum should exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE

Revision: August 2015 EC-778 2016 NV NAM


P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description". A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. EC
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-751, "Component Inspection".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View". D
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-716, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F

Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE H

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
J
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
K
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE L
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-487, "On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE N
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P

Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Revision: August 2015 EC-779 2016 NV NAM
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check fuel level sensor. Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524802

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel filler cap. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF445Y

4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap.
5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -


2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF943S

2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP


Replace fuel filler cap. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
illuminate.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-780 2016 NV NAM


P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524803

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected. D

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or F
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal be- shorted)
P0460 (Fuel level sensor circuit ing varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to • Harness or connectors
noise) ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter G
• Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-781, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524804

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION N


Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-781 2016 NV NAM


P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524805

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR shorted)
not change within the specified range even
P0461 (Fuel level sensor circuit • Harness or connectors
though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
range/performance) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


Perform component function check. Refer to EC-782, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524806

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-11,
"Removal and Installation".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-901, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
Revision: August 2015 EC-782 2016 NV NAM
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. A
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. EC
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Proceed to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT D
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance. E
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-901, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. F
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. G
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524807
I

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION


J
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-783 2016 NV NAM


P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524808

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607.Refer to EC-800, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0462 (Fuel level sensor circuit (The CAN communication line is open or
sent to ECM.
low input) shorted)
• Harness or connectors
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0463 (Fuel level sensor circuit • Combination meter
sent to ECM.
high input) • Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-784, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524809

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION


Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: August 2015 EC-784 2016 NV NAM


P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524810

ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the EC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524811

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
800, "DTC Logic".
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connector
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol- F
(The CAN communication line is open
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
or shorted.)
more: The difference between vehicle speed
• Combination meter
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC calculated by output speed sensor transmit-
P0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(Vehicle speed sensor) ted from TCM to ECM via CAN communica-
unit)
G
tion and vehicle speed indicated on the
• Wheel sensor
combination meter exceeds 15km/h (10
• TCM
MPH).
• Output speed sensor H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. K

>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds. M
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-785, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524812

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-39, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: August 2015 EC-785 2016 NV NAM
P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-32, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
Check output speed sensor. Refer to TM-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-786 2016 NV NAM


P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524813

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524814

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
tent)
ISC SYSTEM
(Idle speed control sys- The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 H
tem RPM lower than ex- by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leakage
pected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
J
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-592, "Description", before conducting
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
TESTING CONDITION: L
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).

M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Proceed to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524815

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE


1. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-787 2016 NV NAM


P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-788 2016 NV NAM


P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524816

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524817

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
tent)
ISC SYSTEM
• Electric throttle control actuator
(Idle speed control sys- The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 • Intake air leakage H
tem RPM higher than speed by 200 rpm or more.
• PCV system
expected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
J
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-592, "Description", before conducting
DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION: L
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).

M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Proceed to EC-789, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524818

1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION


Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.

Revision: August 2015 EC-789 2016 NV NAM


P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-790 2016 NV NAM


P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524819

ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. EC
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524820

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P050A or P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. D

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
E
COLD START CONTROL
ECM does not control engine idle speed properly when engine
P050A (Cold start idle air control
is started with pre-warming up condition. • Lack of intake air volume
system performance) F
• Fuel injection system
COLD START CONTROL The temperature of the catalyst inlet does not rise to the proper • ECM
P050E (Cold start engine exhaust temperature when the engine is started with pre-warming up
temperature too low) condition. G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
M
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 [If it is below 5°C (41°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 5°C
(41°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1. O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT P
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: August 2015 EC-791 2016 NV NAM


P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> Proceed to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524821

1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING


Perform EC-592, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
• Clogging of throttle body
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-791, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P050A or P050E displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-792 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524822

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-803, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
PW ST P SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage from the
P0550 (Power steering pres- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor is sent to ECM. E
sure sensor circuit) • Power steering pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-793, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524823 K

1.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


L
1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and
ground. M

+
Voltage N
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F46 1 Ground 5V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0188E
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-793 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 1 F72 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 2 F72 12 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-794, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace PSP sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524824

1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-794 2016 NV NAM


P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions. A

ECM
Voltage EC
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5 V
F72 12 67 Steering wheel C
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8 V
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5394ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END D


NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location".
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-795 2016 NV NAM


P0603 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0603 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933013

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM BACK UP CIRCUIT • Malfunction in the internal back up RAM of ECM.
• ECM power supply
P0603 [Internal control module keep • Malfunction in the internal EEP-ROM system of
• ECM
alive memory (KAM) error] ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-796, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933014

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to .
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-796, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-796 2016 NV NAM


P0604 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0604 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933015

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECM
[Internal control module
P0604 Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM. ECM
random access memory D
(RAM) error]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION: I
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933016

L
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-797, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-797 2016 NV NAM


P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933017

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM
[Internal control module
P0605 Malfunction in the internal ROM of ECM. ECM
read only memory (ROM)
error]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-798, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933018

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-798, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-798 2016 NV NAM


P0606 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0606 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933019

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROL MODULE
P0606 Malfunction in ECM processor. ECM
(Control module processor)
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds. H
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-799, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal. L
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. M
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-799, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933020

O
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. P
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-799, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-799 2016 NV NAM


P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0607 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933021

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM
ECM internal communication system is malfunc-
P0607 (Control module perfor- ECM
tioning.
mance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933022

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-800 2016 NV NAM


P060A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P060A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933023

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CONTROL MODULE
(Internal control module ECM internal monitoring processor is malfunction-
P060A ECM
monitoring processor per- ing. D
formance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933024

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-801, "DTC Logic". M
Is the 1st trip DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Revision: August 2015 EC-801 2016 NV NAM


P060B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P060B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933025

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CONTROL MODULE
ECM internal analog/digital conversion processing
P060B (Internal control module A/ ECM
system is malfunctioning.
D processing performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-802, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933026

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-802, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-802 2016 NV NAM


P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524831

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
name C
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors D
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
SENSOR POWER/
ECM detects that the voltage of power (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
CIRC
P0643
(Sensor power supply
source for sensor is excessively low or (EVAP control pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) E
high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
circuit short)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-803, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524832

M
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and N
ground.

+ O
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
48
F72 49
Ground 5V
68 JPBIA5395ZZ

E77 90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: August 2015 EC-803 2016 NV NAM


P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
EVAP control system pressure
48 C4 3
sensor
F72
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor E48 1
68 PSP sensor F46 1
E77 90 APP sensor E20 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Power steering pressure sensor
Refer to EC-794, "Component Inspection".
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refer to EC-849, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

Revision: August 2015 EC-804 2016 NV NAM


P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524833

When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. EC
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524834

DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
tent)
• Harness or connectors
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
P0850 (Park/neutral position signal does not change during driving after the
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal E
circuit is open or shorted.]
switch) engine is started.
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F


1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used? G
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL K

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal as per the following conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 6,375 rpm


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

Revision: August 2015 EC-805 2016 NV NAM


P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-806, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524835

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

Selector lever P or N Battery voltage


E77 100 116
position Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5396ZZ

NO >> Proceed to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524836

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to BCS-16, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-806 2016 NV NAM


P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
A/T assembly ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F9 9 E77 100 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
D

Revision: August 2015 EC-807 2016 NV NAM


P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000012524837

Intake valve timing control position sensors are located in the front of
cylinder heads in both bank 1 and bank 2.
This sensor uses a Hall IC.
The cam position is determined by the intake camshaft sprocket con-
cave (in four places). The ECM provides feedback to the intake valve
timing control for appropriate target valve open-close timing accord-
ing to drive conditions based on detected cam position.

SEF359Z

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524838

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
P1140 (Intake valve timing control (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
position sensor circuit) • Intake valve timing control position sen-
An excessively high or low voltage from the sor
INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2 sensor is sent to ECM. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P1145 (Intake valve timing control • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
position sensor circuit) • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-
up portion of the camshaft sprocket

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Maintain the following condition for at least 10 seconds.

ENG SPEED More than idle speed


Selector lever P or N position
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-808, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524839

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-808 2016 NV NAM
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
3. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control position
sensor harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank − Voltage
trol position sensor C
Connector Terminal
P1140 1 F62 3
Ground Battery voltage
P1145 2 F64 3 D
SEF481Y
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har- G
ness connector.

+ − H
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank ECM Continuity
trol position sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
P1140 1 F62 1
F72 1 Existed
P1145 2 F64 1
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT L
1. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
M
+ −
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank ECM Continuity
trol position sensor N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1140 1 F62 2 72
F72 Existed O
P1145 2 F64 2 53
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-809 2016 NV NAM


P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen-
sor (RH)".
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-187, "Cam-
shaft Position Sensor (PHASE)".

JMBIA0058ZZ

Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000012524840

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Posi-
tion Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (RH)".
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

SEF362Z

Revision: August 2015 EC-810 2016 NV NAM


P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check resistance between intake valve timing control position
sensor terminals as per the following. A

Intake valve timing control position sen-


sor EC
Resistance (Ω) [at 25°C (77°F)]
+ −
Terminal
3 1
C

2 1 Except 0 or ∞
PBIB0194E
3 2 D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake E
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen-
sor (RH)".
F

Revision: August 2015 EC-811 2016 NV NAM


P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524841

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
CLOSED LOOP-B1 The closed loop control function for bank 1 does
P1148 [Closed loop control not operate even when vehicle is being driven • Harness or connectors
function (bank 1)] in the specified condition. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
CLOSED LOOP-B2 The closed loop control function for bank 2 does • A/F sensor 1
P1168 [Closed loop control not operate even when vehicle is being driven • A/F sensor 1 heater
function (bank 2)] in the specified condition.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524842

DTC P1148 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1.


When the DTC is detected, perform the trouble diagnosis of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1.
Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".

Revision: August 2015 EC-812 2016 NV NAM


P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524843

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524844

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D


Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• ABS actuator and electric unit
TCS/CIRC ECM receives malfunction information from
P1211 (control unit)
(TCS communication line) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. F
• TCS related parts

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-813, "Diagnosis Procedure" L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524845

M
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".

Revision: August 2015 EC-813 2016 NV NAM


P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000012524846

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524847

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
TCS/CIRC ECM cannot receive the information from
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
P1212 (TCS communication “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
line) unit)” continuously.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-814, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524848

Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-800, "DTC Logic".

Revision: August 2015 EC-814 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524849

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is D
indicated.

Trouble diagnosis name E


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)

• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-


• Harness or connectors F
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
heat).
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays)
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
ENG OVER TEMP • Cooling fan motor
ly (Overheat).
P1217 [Engine over tempera- • Radiator hose G
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
ture (Overheat)] • Radiator
using the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Water pump
range.
• Thermostat H

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-44, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-26, "Changing Engine Oil". I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Engine Coolant
Recommendation". J
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-815, "Component Function Check".


NOTE: L
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-816, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524850 N

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I


O
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Revision: August 2015 EC-815 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-816, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II


Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Proceed to EC-816, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
Without CONSULT
Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-816, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524851

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/Middle/High).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGE-I
Check cooling system for leakage. Refer to CO-43, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGE-II
Check the following for leakage.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump

Revision: August 2015 EC-816 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP A

Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-43, "Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-49, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT C
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. F
NO >> Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
G
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page


H
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper I
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester CO-43, "Inspection"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-43, "Inspection"
reservoir tank and radiator J
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-43, "Inspection"
5 • Coolant leakage • Visual No leakage CO-43, "Inspection" K
ON*2

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-56, "Removal and In-
lower radiator hoses stallation"
L
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT Operating EC-873, "Component
Function Check"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak- • Color checker chemical Negative —
age tester 4 Gas analyzer M

ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —


gauge driving
N
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-43, "Inspection"
ervoir tank and idling

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-43, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank O
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-221, "Inspection After
gauge mum distortion (warping) Disassembly"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-231, "Disassembly P
tons walls or piston and Assembly"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-41, "Troubleshooting Chart".

Revision: August 2015 EC-817 2016 NV NAM


P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-818 2016 NV NAM


P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524852

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 (Closed throttle position D
sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-819, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524853

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY L


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and M
the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-591, "Description".
O

BBIA0364E P
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
2. Go to EC-592, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-819 2016 NV NAM


P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524854

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
CTP LEARNING-B2
Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position
formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-820, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524855

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-591, "Description".

BBIA0364E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
2. Go to EC-592, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-820 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524856

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-798, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors E
ASCD SW • ECM detects that input signal from the (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or short-
P1564 (ASCD steering ASCD steering switch is out of the specified ed.)
switch) range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • ECM F
is stuck ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. L
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-821, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524857

N
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions. P

Monitor item Condition Indication


Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

Revision: August 2015 EC-821 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Monitor item Condition Indication

RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ERATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
JPBIA5397ZZ
COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
E77 99 F72 67
RESUME/ACCELERATE
3V
switch: Pressed
All ASCD steering switches:
4V
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Combination switch (spiral ca-
ECM Continuity
ble)
Terminal Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 32 F72 67 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Combination switch (spiral ca-
ECM Continuity
ble)
Terminal Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 25 E77 99 Existed

Revision: August 2015 EC-822 2016 NV NAM


P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH EC

Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-823, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location". D
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524858

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH E


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connec- F
tor terminals as per the following.

Combination switch G
Resis-
+ − Condition tance
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
H
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 660 Ω JSBIA3103GB I
M102 1 4
RESUME/ACCELERATE
1,480 Ω
switch: Pressed
All ASCD steering switches: J
4,000 Ω
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
L

Revision: August 2015 EC-823 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000012524859

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524860

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-798, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 (ASCD brake • Stop lamp switch
switch) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-824 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) A


Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-825, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. C
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION: D
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. E
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) F


Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
Driving location seconds so as not to come off from the G
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC-825, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524861

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-1 J


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
K
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


L
Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON

Without CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following. N

ECM
Voltage O
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V P
E77 108 116 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Battery voltage
JPBIA5399ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2
Revision: August 2015 EC-825 2016 NV NAM
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication


Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF

Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
the following.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E77 101 116 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released 0V
JPBIA5400ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness con-
nector and ground.

+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0857E
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E77 108 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-827, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-826 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View". A
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
and ground.
C
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 7. PBIB1184E
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.


2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G

+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E77 101 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-828, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)" K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View". L

Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524862

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-1 M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

O
ASCD brake switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals P
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-827 2016 NV NAM


P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-2


1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012524863

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-828 2016 NV NAM


P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524864

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination EC
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524865

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D


NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
E
to EC-785, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-798, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
G
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors H
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN • Combination meter
The difference the between two vehicle speed
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
sensor)
signals is out of the specified range.
• Wheel sensor
I
• TCM
• ECM
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- K
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: O
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-829, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524866

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Revision: August 2015 EC-829 2016 NV NAM
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-39, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-32, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-830 2016 NV NAM


P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524867

ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524868

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-731, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
E
to EC-734, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-798, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name G


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors H
Input speed sensor signal is different from
IN PULY SPEED (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
the theoretical value calculated by ECM
P1715 [Input speed sensor • Harness or connectors
from output speed sensor signal and en-
(TCM output)] (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
gine rpm signal.
• TCM I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. M
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Proceed to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524869

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM P


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-48, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-171, "Exploded View".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

Revision: August 2015 EC-831 2016 NV NAM


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524870

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
Stop lamp switch signal is not sent to ECM for
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
P1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is being
(Stop lamp switch) ed.)
driven.
• Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-832, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524871

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp


Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
and ground.

+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB1184E
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-832 2016 NV NAM


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E38 2 E77 101 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH D

Refer to EC-833, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012524872 F

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions. H

Stop lamp switch


+ − Condition Continuity I
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
J
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2 L
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per
the following conditions. M

Stop lamp switch


N
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed O
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
PBIB1185E
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-833 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012933310

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/ • A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
B1
P2096 F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Post catalyst fuel trim system
specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
too lean bank 1)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS • Fuel injector
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B1 • Intake air leaks
P2097 sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a spec-
(Post catalyst fuel trim system • Exhaust gas leaks
ified period.
too rich bank 1)
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/ • A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
B2
P2098 F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Post catalyst fuel trim system
specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
too lean bank 2)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS • Fuel injector
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B2 • Intake air leaks
P2099 sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a spec-
(Post catalyst fuel trim system • Exhaust gas leaks
ified period.
too rich bank 2)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933367

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 AND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2.
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run the engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic"
or EC-709, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
Revision: August 2015 EC-834 2016 NV NAM
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

Water should not exit. A


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. EC
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. C
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and
ground.
D
+
DTC Bank A/F sensor − Voltage E
Connector Terminal
P2096
1 F65 1
P2097 F
Ground Battery voltage
P2098
2 F5 1
P2099 JPBIA5380ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? G


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. I

+ −
J
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2096
1 F65 1
K
P2097
E119 8 Existed
P2098
2 F5 1
P2099 L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

O
+ −
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
P2096 3 56
1 F65
P2097 4 35 Existed
F72
P2098 3 75
2 F5
P2099 4 16
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-835 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal

P2096 3
1 F65
P2097 4
Ground Not existed
P2098 3
2 F5
P2099 4

+
ECM − Continuity
DTC
Connector Terminal

P2096 56
P2097 35
F72 Ground Not existed
P2098 75
P2099 16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT

Revision: August 2015 EC-836 2016 NV NAM


P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2”in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. A
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed CONSULT screen.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END EC
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
C
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 15. D
NO >> INSPECTION END
15.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2”in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed CONSULT screen. F

>> INSPECTION END


G

Revision: August 2015 EC-837 2016 NV NAM


P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524873

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100 (Throttle control motor
throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
relay circuit open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT PWR
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103 (Throttle control motor
stuck ON. shorted)
relay circuit short)
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Which DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-838, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-838, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524874

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: August 2015 EC-838 2016 NV NAM


P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground. A

ECM
+ − Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
E77 104 116 Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. JPBIA5401ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ − F
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
E77 104 E122 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY I

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as


per the following conditions.
J

ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition K
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch:
0V
OFF L
F72 3 E77 116
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? M


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

P
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 3 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-839 2016 NV NAM


P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-840 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524875

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer
to EC-838, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer
to EC-846, "DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
E
Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
operate properly.
performance) • Electric throttle control actuator
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524876
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
N
the following conditions.

ECM
Voltage
O
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: P
0V
OFF
F72 3 E77 116
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-841 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 3 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 104 E122 47 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F50 F72
5 Existed
6
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-842 2016 NV NAM


P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-591, "Description".
C

BBIA0364E

6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR D

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524877
F

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator
terminals as per the following. H

Electric throttle control actuator


+ −
Resistance I
(Approx.)
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2606E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM- K
166, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-843 2016 NV NAM


P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524878

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT-B1
ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118 (Throttle control motor
ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
circuit short)
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-844, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524879

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F50 F72
5 Existed
6
4 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-845, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-844 2016 NV NAM


P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524880
EC
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator
terminals as per the following.
D
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance
+ −
(Approx.) E
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2606E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
166, "Removal and Installation". G

Revision: August 2015 EC-845 2016 NV NAM


P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524881

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
B)
actuator) not in specified range.
ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck
C)
open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to the P position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to the P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to the N or P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524882

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-846 2016 NV NAM


P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-591, "Description".
C

BBIA0364E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".


2. Go to EC-592, "Description".
E

>> INSPECTION END


F

Revision: August 2015 EC-847 2016 NV NAM


P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524883

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-803, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2122
tion sensor 1 circuit low sor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
input) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (APP sensor 1)
P2123
tion sensor 1 circuit high sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-848, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524884

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB2608E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
Revision: August 2015 EC-848 2016 NV NAM
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E77 82 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
G

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal


E20 3 E77 106 Existed H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
J
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-849, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524885

L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
N
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
O
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V P
leased
106 82
Fully de- JPBIA5415ZZ
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed

Revision: August 2015 EC-849 2016 NV NAM


P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-850 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524886

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
APP SEN 2/CIRC
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- • Harness or connectors
P2127 (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
D
tion sensor 2 circuit low sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input) (TP sensor circuit shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
APP SEN 2/CIRC (APP sensor 2)
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
E
P2128 • Electric throttle control actuator
tion sensor 2 circuit high sor 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
input)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- G
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-851, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524887

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY M


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
N
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector ter-
minals.

O
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal P
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. JPBIA5403ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2

Revision: August 2015 EC-851 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. PBIB2611E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E77 91 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-660, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E77 83 Existed

Revision: August 2015 EC-852 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT EC

Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
C
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal D
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
E
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
H
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 6 E77 98 Existed I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR K
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-853, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524888
M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
O

JPBIA5415ZZ

Revision: August 2015 EC-853 2016 NV NAM


P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V
leased
106 82
Fully de-
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-854 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524889

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-803, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
• Harness or connector
TP SENSOR-B1
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or short-
(Throttle position sensor E
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 ed.)
circuit range/perfor-
and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator
mance)
(TP sensor 1 or 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- G
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524890

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY M


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator har- N
ness connector terminals.

Electric throttle control actuator O


Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
P
F50 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. JPBIA5385ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2

Revision: August 2015 EC-855 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness
connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB2604E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 50
F50 F72 Existed
3 69
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: August 2015 EC-856 2016 NV NAM


P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
EC
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-857, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". C
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524891

D
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
3. Perform EC-591, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position. F
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
G
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal H
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal
I
Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
K

Revision: August 2015 EC-857 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524892

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-803, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
APP SENSOR shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Accelerator pedal posi- (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138 compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
tion sensor circuit range/ • Accelerator pedal position sensor
and APP sensor 2.
performance) (APP sensor 1 or 2)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sen-
sor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-858, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524893

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector ter-
minals.

APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. JPBIA5404ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: August 2015 EC-858 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-2 A


Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.
EC
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 9. PBIB2608E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 2 E77 90 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
J
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.

K
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal L
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. M
JPBIA5403ZZ
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2 N
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.
O
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal P
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. PBIB2611E
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-859 2016 NV NAM
P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E77 91 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

+ −
ECM Sensor
Con- Termi- Connec-
Name Terminal
nector nal tor
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-861, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E77 82 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-860 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ − A
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E20 5 E77 83 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT D

Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
E
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal F
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
G
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
J
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 106 K
E20 E77 Existed
6 98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
13.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-861, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524894

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR P


1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-861 2016 NV NAM


P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V
leased
106 82
Fully de- JPBIA5415ZZ
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-862 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524895

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC


NOTE:
If DTC P219A or P219B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other
DTC. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index". C

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B1 • Fuel injector
P219A
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 1) • Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor E
• Intake air leaks
• Lack of fuel
ECM detects a lean/rich air fuel ratio state in • Incorrect PCV hose connection
any cylinder for a specified length of time. • Improper spark plug F
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B2
P219B • Insufficient compression
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 2)
• The fuel injector circuit is open or
shorted G
• Ignition coil
• The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2 L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
Will CONSULT be used? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 N

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
P

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B2”,
and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

Revision: August 2015 EC-863 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,050 – 1,600rpm


COOLAN TEMP/S More than 80°C (176°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4 – 6 msec
Selector lever D position
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1 PRSENT
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B2 PRSENT
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during cruising.

3. Check “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B2” indication.


Is “CMPLT” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-864, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-4
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

Engine speed 1,050 – 1,600 rpm


Calculated load value 24 – 33 %
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 80°C (176°F)
Selector lever D position
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during cruising.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-864, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524896

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK


1. Stop engine and check the following for connection.
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- PCV hose
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.

Revision: August 2015 EC-864 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
EC
1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents connection.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
C

PBIB1216E

Is the inspection result normal? F


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE G

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".


2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 9. I
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
J
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 using GST. K
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-639, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-1 M

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. N
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT O
1. Let engine idle.

Revision: August 2015 EC-865 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
877, "Component Function Check".

PBIB3332E

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-2


CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-181, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds.

• Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.


• Fuel must not drip from the tip of fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-181, "Removal and
Installation".

PBIA9666J

7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1


CAUTION:
Perform the following steps in a well-ventilated area with no combustibles.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse from IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
CONSULT must not be used to release fuel pressure. It develops again during the following steps,
if released by using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine.
4. After an engine stall, crank the engine two or three times to release all the fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect all the harness connectors of ignition coil to prevent electric discharge from occurring in igni-
tion coil.
7. Remove ignition coil assembly and spark plug of cylinder. Refer to EM-178, "Removal and Installation".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.

Revision: August 2015 EC-866 2016 NV NAM


P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
10. Allow a 13-17mm (0.52-0.66 in) spacing between spark plug and
grounded metal portion as shown in the figure to fix the ignition A
coil with a rope or an equivalent.
11. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds to see if sparking
occurs between spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
EC
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION: C
• The discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or higher. There-
fore, always stay away from the spark plug and ignition
coil at least 50 cm (19.7 in) during the inspection. JMBIA0066GB

• Leaving a space of more than 17mm (0.66 in) may damage D


the ignition coil.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- E
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. F
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-163, "Checking Compression Pressure". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
H
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
10.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.
L
Spark should be generated.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-882, "Component Function
Check".
11.CHECK SPARK PLUG N

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.


Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to MA-39,
"SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation".
2. GO TO 12. P
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard and Limit".

SEF156I

12.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3


Revision: August 2015 EC-867 2016 NV NAM
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-257, "Standard
and Limit".

Revision: August 2015 EC-868 2016 NV NAM


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524899

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION EC


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D


Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E77 108 116 Brake pedal H
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5399ZZ
I
NO >> Proceed to EC-869, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524900

J
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness con-
nector and ground. L

+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0857E
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness con-
nector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-869 2016 NV NAM


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+ −
ASCD brake switch Fuse block (J/B) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 1 E51 2T Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E77 108 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Check ASCD brake switch. Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524901

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-2
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: August 2015 EC-870 2016 NV NAM


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions. A

ASCD brake switch


+ − Condition Continuity EC
Terminals
Fully released Existed
C
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
E

Revision: August 2015 EC-871 2016 NV NAM


ASCD INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524902

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION


Check ASCD indicator as per the following conditions.

ASCD indicator Condition Specification


MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st
CRUISE Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time →at the 2nd time
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-872, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524903

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: August 2015 EC-872 2016 NV NAM


COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
COOLING FAN
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524904

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
Without CONSULT D
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524906

1.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. H

+
I
IPDM E/R − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E122 38 J
Ground Existed
E124 59
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
M
− +
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
20 1
E120 E113 Existed
24 3
O
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: August 2015 EC-873 2016 NV NAM


COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

+
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E113 Ground Existed
4
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-874, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".

YES >> INSPECTION END


NO >> Replace cooling motor. Refer to CO-53, "Removal and Installation (Motor driven type)".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000012524907

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Cooling fan motor terminals


+ − Cooling fan speed
Terminal
1
Low
3 2 and 4
1 and 3 High JPBIA5406ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-53, "Removal and Installation (Motor driven type)".

Revision: August 2015 EC-874 2016 NV NAM


ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000012524909

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524910

C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication E


ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-875, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication as per the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Proceed to EC-875, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication L


ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-875, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524911

1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-875, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

Revision: August 2015 EC-875 2016 NV NAM


ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-88, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END


4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Check heater fan control system. Refer to HAC-125, "FRONT MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Description".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: August 2015 EC-876 2016 NV NAM


FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524912

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

Clicking sound should be heard.


G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H

I
PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524913

J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and
ground.
L

+
Cylinder Fuel injector − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
1 F30 1
2 F18 1
N

3 F41 1 PBIB0582E

4 F20 1 O
Ground Battery voltage
5 F42 1
6 F22 1
7 F45 1 P
8 F31 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: August 2015 EC-877 2016 NV NAM
FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F30 2 23
2 F18 2 42
3 F41 2 22
4 F20 2 41
F72 Existed
5 F42 2 21
6 F22 2 40
7 F45 2 44
8 F31 2 63
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524914

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the fol-
lowing.

Fuel injector
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB1727E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-181,
"Exploded View".

Revision: August 2015 EC-878 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524915

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-879, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E

BBIA0357E

F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524916

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1 G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.

I
+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal J
E77 113 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
PBIB1187E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2 L
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground.
M
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal N
E122 46 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. PBIB2656E
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3 P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-879 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump” harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel level sensor unit and
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
C5 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB0795E

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 48) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 15 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuse.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
IPDM E/R Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 13 C5 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
− Continuity
pump
Connector Terminal
C5 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-881, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: August 2015 EC-880 2016 NV NAM


FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation". A
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524917

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP D


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location". E
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals as follows.
F
Fuel pump
+ − Resistance
Terminal G
1 3 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC918C
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to
FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
I

Revision: August 2015 EC-881 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524918

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector termi-
nals with an oscilloscope.

ECM
+ –
Voltage signal
Connec- Connec-
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
46
60
JPBIA5435ZZ
61
62
F72 E77 116
65
79
80 JMBIA0035GB

81
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524919

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.

Revision: August 2015 EC-882 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
A
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector EC
Terminal
119
E77 116 Battery voltage
120 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. JPBIA5416ZZ

NO >> Refer to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure". D


2.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and
ground. F

+
G
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground Battery voltage H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0624E
NO >> GO TO 3. I
3.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

K
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E119 3 F21 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground. O

+
Condenser − Continuity P
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: August 2015 EC-883 2016 NV NAM
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-886, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and
ground.

+
Cylinder Ignition coil − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1 F47 3
2 F6 3
3 F48 3 PBIB0138E

4 F7 3
Ground Battery voltage
5 F49 3
6 F8 3
7 F51 3
8 F52 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

+
Cylinder Ignition coil − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 F47 2
2 F6 2
3 F48 2
4 F7 2
Ground Existed
5 F49 2
6 F8 2
7 F51 2
8 F52 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Revision: August 2015 EC-884 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
Cylinder Ignition coil ECM Continuity
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F47 1 62
2 F6 1 81 C
3 F48 1 61
4 F7 1 80
F72 Existed D
5 F49 1 60
6 F8 1 79
7 F51 1 46 E
8 F52 1 65
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR G

Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View". I
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012524920

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I J


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the fol- K
lowing.

Ignition coil with power transistor L


+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal
M
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3 PBIB0847E
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View". O
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION: P
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
Revision: August 2015 EC-885 2016 NV NAM
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

Spark should be generated.


CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB

not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the


electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000012524921

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the fol-
lowing.

Condenser-1
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB0794E
NO >> Replace condenser.

Revision: August 2015 EC-886 2016 NV NAM


MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524922

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-887, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524923

1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
G
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J

Revision: August 2015 EC-887 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524924

1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION


Check whether the following symptoms are present.
• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> Proceed to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524925

1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
A or B
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.

JMBIA1134GB

4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER


Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".

Revision: August 2015 EC-888 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
EC
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. C
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. D
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER E
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 6. F
NO >> GO TO 11.

H
JMBIA1134GB

9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER


I
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 10. J
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
K
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES L
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE N
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
Revision: August 2015 EC-889 2016 NV NAM
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Check that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".

SEF665U

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524926

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.

Revision: August 2015 EC-890 2016 NV NAM


ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. A

EC

BBIA0401E

Is the inspection result normal? F


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE G

Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. I
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. J
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Always replace O-ring with new one. K
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. L

BBIA0401E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2015 EC-891 2016 NV NAM


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524927

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION


1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal
70
(Refrigerant 67
F72 1.0 - 4.0 V
pressure sensor (Sensor ground)
signal) JPBIA5408ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524928

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness
connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0664E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 1 F72 49 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: August 2015 EC-892 2016 NV NAM
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. A

+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 3 F72 67 Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
E
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

F
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
E48 2 F72 70 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
I
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-215, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K

Revision: August 2015 EC-893 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012524929

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-879
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-596
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-877
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-498
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-486
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-584
EC-841,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-846
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-584
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-882
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-618
EC-639,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-645
1
EC-656,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-662

3 EC-669,
EC-673,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-676,
EC-834
EC-658,
EC-720,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-819,
EC-820,
2 2 EC-855
EC-803,
EC-848,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-851,
EC-858
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-729

Revision: August 2015 EC-894 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-731 F
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-734
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-785
G
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 —
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-636
cuit H
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-805
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-892
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-875 I
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-138
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-32 J
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER K

Revision: August 2015 EC-895 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-6
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-165
Air cleaner EM-165
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-165
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-166
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-166
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-95
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-10
Generator circuit
CHG-13
1 STR-17
Starter circuit 3
STR-21
Signal plate 6 EM-200
PNP signal 4 TM-88
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-217
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-231
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

Revision: August 2015 EC-896 2016 NV NAM


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH


LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)


HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION


SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE


Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA


Valve Timing chain EM-194 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-200
nism
EM-185,
G
EM-185,
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-186,
EM-186
Intake valve H
3 EM-217
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-170, I
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-6
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- LU-25, LU- J
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 28, LU-29,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-31
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-25
K
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-49
Thermostat 5 CO-56
Water pump CO-54 L
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-39
CO-52,
Cooling fan M
CO-53
5
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
CO-43
ed coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — N
1 1 SEC-36
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
O

Revision: August 2015 EC-897 2016 NV NAM


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000012524930

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)


If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is P or N and
engine speed is over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-491,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: August 2015 EC-898 2016 NV NAM


IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524931
EC

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED


With CONSULT C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D

>> INSPECTION END


E

Revision: August 2015 EC-899 2016 NV NAM


IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
IGNITION TIMING
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524932

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING


1. Attach timing light to loop wires as shown.

BBIA0377E

2. Check ignition timing.

>> INSPECTION END

BBIA0379E

Revision: August 2015 EC-900 2016 NV NAM


EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524933

CAUTION: EC
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may
cause a leakage.
1. EVAP LEAK CHECK D

With CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leakage, install EVAP service port adapter E
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service
port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT F
MODE” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen. G
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool)
and hose with pressure pump. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CON-
SEF462UA H
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
7. Locate the leakage using a leakage detector (commercial ser-
vice tool). Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYS- I
TEM : System Description".

SEF200U

L
Without CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leakage, install EVAP service port adapter
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service M
port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. N
3. To locate the leakage, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP sys-
tem until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) O
and hose with pressure pump. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location". SEF462UA

Revision: August 2015 EC-901 2016 NV NAM


EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
5. Locate the leakage using a leak detector (commercial service
tool). Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description".

>> INSPECTION END

SEF200U

Revision: August 2015 EC-902 2016 NV NAM


POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524934

1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC


With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover.
Refer to EM-179, "Exploded View". A properly working valve makes
a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be C
felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to .EM-179, "Exploded View"

E
PBIB1589E

Revision: August 2015 EC-903 2016 NV NAM


ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VK56DE]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012524935

CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-588, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-95, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-7, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: August 2015 EC-904 2016 NV NAM


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VK56DE]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000012524936
EC

Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 600 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000012524937


E

Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 15 ± 2° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF G
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012524938

I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 14 – 33 %
At 2,500 rpm 12 – 25 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012524939

K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle (in N position) 0.9 – 1.3 V*
L
3.0 – 9.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
9.0 – 28.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M

Revision: August 2015 EC-905 2016 NV NAM

You might also like